Home

User's Guide EZ-ZONE® RM High Density Module RM High Density

Contents

1. RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class f Type Display a Range Default Relative Instance alae gre amp paon Address Attribute bod Read hex dec Write Analog Input 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 880 0x68 104 0 4001 float Ain Value units offset 90 1to 16 R View the process value 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 1 Note Ensure that the Error Status below indicates no error 61 when read ing this value using a field bus protocol If an error exists the last known value prior to the error occurring will be returned Analog Input 1 to 16 non None 61 None 382 x68 104 1 4002 float i Er Input Error GPE a Open 65 offset 90 1to16 R View the cause of the most hr E Shorted 127 2 recent error EP Measurement Error 140 ECAL Bad Calibration Data 139 Ec Rb Ambient Error 9 Er t gd RTD Error 141 FA LC Fail 32 fiSc c Not Sourced 246 Process Value Menu Fr Process Value 1 to 16 oF FjOff 62 Off 8260 Ox7E 98 26021 uint Fn Function SbRj Sensor Backup 1201 offset 70 126 RWES Set the function that will Au 9 Average 1367 1to 16 be applied to the source or C o Crossover 1368 0x15 21 Sources b Ub Wet Bulb Dry Bulb 1369 Ral Switch Over 1370 d 1 FF Differential 1373 cAE Ratio 1374 Add Add 1375 PHU
2. Jamod Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module s 22 Chapter 2 Install and Wire RMH System Isolation Blocks m B Low voltage Isolation 42V peak Safety Isolation 1 528V ac Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module s 23 e Chapter 2 Install and Wire RUE Use National Electric NEC or other country specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or pe ripheral devices Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property and or injury or loss of life Note Maximum wire size termination and torque rating e 0 0507 to 3 30 mm 30 to 12 AWG single wire termination or two 1 31 mm 16 AWG e 0 8 Nm 7 0 in Ib torque Note Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently depending on the model number Note To prevent damage to the controller do not connect wires to unused ter minals Note Maintain electrical isolation between digital input outputs switched dc open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops Warning Explosion Hazard Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I DIVISION 2 en fh Explosion Hazard Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable sub sta
3. 55 6 mm 71 00 mm 55 6 mm gt gt RM le 2 189 in 2 795 in 2 189 in 1234 1 zum aa ca f ee 3240mm L leverage D o 1264 in weas O D 1 264 in A i i _ E DC LO E UDC LO ER Dc OK kr DC OK LL gia H zu SZ j 50 EUN o E c EE E DSP60 E DSP30 SI Ec G Es SI ole ge ale SS Y E 5 97 EE E Ea UN A e i fa A 0 p ae J 1 2 99 SB 1 L N Y ks om y 1 5 8 eene BE L E m Lo gt E Joy E Li EE i NIZ ND to Yo Power Supply Specifications DSP1 00 DSP30 DSP60 DSP100 90 264VAC Class II double in AC aput Volt VAC sulated No ground connection 89 9 mm 56 8 mm age nange required 3 539 in 2 236 in i 4900 nput Fre H 47 63H G quency 7 iin o 32 10 mm vin DC Input Volt ype 120 370VDC age range r Inrush Cur rent 115 A 25 50A 30 60A 30 60A 230VAC Ec JDC LO Output Volt l E n DC OK 1 age Accuracy 9b 1 of Nominal Sl IN Over voltage e 2 Protection Y 120 145 DSP100 Ec LED Indica Mm Green LED On Red LED DC og tors Output Low o e Operating m 25 to 71 C Derate linearly Temperature 2 5 C from 55 to 71 C D Storage Tem 7 eG perature Sae 25 to 85 C 0 ES EN O ting H p S TI P a I 20 95 RH non condensing IEC 60068 2 6 Mounting by rail Ele aes eee eee x Vibration Op a Random wave 10 500 Hz 2G ea
4. EZ ZONE PM common A B PLC common A B Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 33 e Chapter 2 Install and Wire Connecting and Wiring the Modules RMH Module Connections The RMH module can be installed as a stand alone limit controller or can be interconnected on the DIN rail as shown below with other RM family modules When modules are connected together as shown power and communications are shared between mod ules over the modular backplane interconnection Therefore bringing the necessary power and commu nications wiring to any one connector in slot C is suf ficient The modular backplane interconnect comes standard with every module ordered and is generic in nature meaning any RM modules shown below on Modular backplane interconnect hl oo J LLL Bn fl fia U U C the DIN rail can use it Notice in the split rail system diagram that a single power supply is being used across both DIN rails One notable consideration when designing the hardware layout would be the available power sup plied and the loading affect of all of the modules used Watlow provides three options for power sup plies listed below 1 90 264 Vac to 24Vdc 31 watts Part 0847 0299 0000 2 90 2
5. EZ ZONE RM Warning to B amp B Converter s Model ULINX 485USBTB 2W Use National Electric NEC or other USB to RS 485 Adapter z country specific standard wiring and using Standard Bus P safety practices when wiring and o E connecting this controller to a power Sen A B source and to electrical sensors or pe C S n C 2 ripheral devices Failure to do so may E D result in damage to equipment and Dornotreute wth power sanying condito property and or injury or loss of life E alls n 98 99 CF CD CE CZ CX CY rr K gt Note fo Calls Maximum wire size termination and RH pu E DX s torque rating PC Software Protocol Standard Bus 38 400 baud CT FTT H 0 0507 to 3 30 mm 30 to 12 AWG TUM P E AA LD single wire termination or two 1 31 E 1 CO GIT mm 16 AWG L e 0 8 Nm 7 0 in Ib torque s UN E fle Note dtc oeeooeeo Adjacent terminals may be labeled Oer oaae poga I differently depending on the model 98 22 CF CD CE CZ OX CY number Note To prevent damage to the controller do not connect wires to unused ter minals EZ ZONE RM Note to B amp B Converter ce PAREEN Model ULINX 485USBTB 2W Maintain electrical isolation between USB to RS 485 Adapter digital input outputs switched dc open using Modbus RTU collector outputs and process outputs E to prevent ground loops FIT l 8 C LE sal C2 ED D e o Warning A Use viste pal vir
6. Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 138 Chapter 6 Features Counter Function Function counts up or down from Load Value and produces Output Value On when Count Target Value Note Count value clears on power loss Load Value restored on power up ERE Count Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Function B Source Value B gt Source Instance B Source Zone B gt Source Error B Source Value A L gt Output Value Error p gt Counter Overview Instances 24 per RMH GEE Setup Page Ctr Counter Menu Fa Function Up Down SF nA Source Function A Clock None Alarm Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Logic Timer Variable S A Source Instance A 1 to 250 GZA Source Zone A 0 to 16 SASA Source Active State A Active State Clock High rising Low falling Both rising amp falling SF n b Source Function B Load None Alarm Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Logic Timer Variable S b Source Instance B 1 to 250 S2b Source Zone B 0 to 16 8 5 5 Source Active State B Active State Load High Low Lofid Load Value 0 to 9 999 Ec St Target Value 0 to 9 999 LAE Latching No Yes SEE Operation Page Ctr Counter Menu Cnt Count 0 to 9 999
7. 3 o af o Pr Pr o 2 A rr 3 Pr r jas t nr D LD 3 o N TRU TUNE Band 61 Time Derivative 41 61 106 TRU TUNE Gain 61 Time Integral 41 61 106 Timer Menu 45 75 TRU TUNE Enable 61 User Failure Action 63 Unlock 95 Units 92 User Restore Set 93 102 User Save Set 93 102 ufl Variable Menu 92 voLlt Volts 66 m 3 e rr e fr Lo 3 nr ne 73 3 3 m fr 3 3 1j AC Line Frequency 93 107 Action Function 124 Action Menu 39 58 Address Standard Bus 94 Administrator Password 98 agency approvals 3 alarm blocking 109 Alarm Clear Request 70 Alarm Function 122 Alarm Menu 42 68 Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 154 lt Appendix alarms Blocking 70 109 deviation 108 Display 70 Hysteresis 69 108 Latching 69 108 Logic 69 process 108 set points 108 Sides 69 Silencing 70 109 Source 68 Type 68 Alarm Silence Request 70 Alarm State 70 Altitude Units 49 50 92 Analog Input Function 115 Analog Input Menu 38 51 Assembly Definition Addresses 111 Assembly Working Addresses 111 auto closed loop control 105 Autotune Aggressiveness 62 Autotune Request 40 Autotune Set Point 40 62 B Barometric Pressure 49 Baud Rate 94 Blocking 70 109 bumpless transfer 105 C calibrating an analog input 102
8. none None 61 Alarm 6 Compare 230 Counter 231 Digital I O 1142 Profile Event Out A Profile Event Out B Profile Event Out C Profile Event Out D Profile Event Out E Profile Event Out F Profile Event Out G Profile Event Out H Function Key 1001 Limit 126 Logic 239 Special Function Out 1532 Special Function Out 1533 Special Function Out 1534 Special Function Out 1535 Timer 244 Variable 245 None 9350 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 6 27006 uint RWES Si F Logic 1 to 24 Source Instance F Set the instance of the function selected above 1 to 250 9366 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 OxE 14 27014 uint RWES SEF Logic 1 to 24 Source Zone F selected above Set the zone of the function 0 to 16 9382 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 0x16 22 27022 uint RWES Note Note above Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module e Setup Page Displa
9. S M 2 ob Qe Analog Input ET Analog Input Analog Input Value gt Off Error gt C po de 2 Co Gea Z 2 No be Lo Sey Mn ED pe i E LN 4 N K G De TR to Ro ton Bog Cq gt Analog Input ms Analog Input Analog Input Value gt Thermocouple Error l gt L 0p 2 C ton 8s D VA e v Qg D age M Aun DS 9 Z AN OQ S Ley 2 NS e oe h Ong i Oy a A KA ds ir Dm es y Analog Input md Analog Input Analog Input Value gt Process amp Potentiometer Error lia Cy Re Du D Cy Fo EN NM NO r l ation p 3p 2 Qr H BB eh B Ops d k M NCC S Analog Input Analog Input Analog Input Value gt Thermistor Error j C D Q do E A M 9 2 D On NC Soy ORS T T K a gt Analog Input Analog Input RTD Analog Input Value Error Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 115 Chapter 6 Features Process Value Function The Process Value PV function block accepts multiple in puts and performs a programmed math function to derive an output value with Filter and Offset values applied It is assumed that no input error conditions apply Some PV operations must be performed in the user s units Func tions may combine multiple inputs Those inputs may have incompatible units from a logical point of view As a result unless otherwise indicated the presentation of the output value is the same as Source A This accommodates tem peratures being mu
10. Pointer 26 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 250 amp 251 Value of Pointer 26 Registers 92 amp 93 Pointer 27 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 252 amp 253 Value of Pointer 27 Registers 94 amp 95 Pointer 28 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 254 amp 256 Registers 96 amp 97 Value of Pointer 28 Pointer 29 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 256 amp 257 Value of Pointer 29 Registers 98 amp 99 Pointer 30 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 258 amp 259 Value of Pointer 30 Registers 100 amp 101 Pointer 31 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 260 amp 261 Value of Pointer 31 Registers 102 amp 103 Pointer 32 2 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 262 amp 263 Value of Pointer 32 Registers 104 amp 105 Pointer 33 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 264 amp 265 Value of Pointer 33 Registers 106 amp 107 Pointer 34 lt 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 266 amp 267 Value of Pointer 34 Registers 108 amp 109 Pointer 35 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 268 amp 269 Value of Pointer 35 Registers 110 amp 111 Pointer 36 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 270 amp 271 Value of Pointer 36 R
11. Pointer 78 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 354 amp 355 Value of Pointer 78 Registers 196 amp 197 Pointer 79 2 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 356 amp 357 Value of Pointer 79 Registers 198 amp 199 Pointer 80 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 358 amp 359 Value of Pointer 80 Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Appendix Troubleshooting Alarms Errors and Module Issues Indication Description Possible Cause s Corrective Action Alarm won t clear or reset Alarm will not clear or reset with keypad or digital input Alarm latching is active Alarm set to incorrect output Alarm is set to incorrect source Sensor input is out of alarm set point range Alarm set point is incorrect Alarm is set to incorrect type Digital input function is incorrect Reset alarm when process is within range or disable latching Set output to correct alarm source instance Set alarm source to correct input in stance Correct cause of sensor input out of alarm range Set alarm set point to correct trip point Set alarm to correct type process de viation or power Set digital input function and source instance Alarm won t occur Alarm will not activate output Alarm silencing is active Alarm blocking is active Alarm is set to incorrect output Alarm is set to incorrect source
12. 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C Off 62 On 63 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 110 000 to 5 555 000 C 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C None 61 Open 65 Shorted 127 Measurement Error 140 Bad Cal Data 139 Ambient Error 9 RTD Error 141 Fail 32 Math Error 1423 Not Sourced 246 Stale 1617 e Operations Page Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces If there is only one instance of a menu no su bmenus will appear Modbus Relative Address 6576 offset 70 6578 offset 70 6584 offset 70 6582 offset 70 6596 offset 70 CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec 0x7D 125 1 to 24 0x13 19 0x7D 125 1 to 24 0x14 20 0x7D 125 1 to 24 0x17 23 0x7D 125 1 to 24 0x16 22 0x7D 125 1 to 24 Ox1D 29 Data Type amp Read Write Parameter ID Profibus Index 25019 R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 3 Operations Page d Chapter 4 Setup Pages Navigating the Setup Page To navigate to the Setup Page using the RUI follow 4 If a submenu exists more than one instance press the steps below the Up or Down Q key to select and then press 1 From the Home Page press and hold both the Up O the Advance Key to e
13. Alarm set point is incorrect Alarm is set to incorrect type Disable alarm silencing if required Disable alarm blocking if required Set output to correct alarm source instance Set alarm source to correct input in stance Set alarm set point to correct trip point Set alarm to correct type process de viation or power Alarm state cannot be deter mined due to lack of sensor input Sensor improperly wired or open Incorrect setting of sensor type Calibration corrupt Correct wiring or replace sensor Match setting to sensor used Check calibration of controller Sensor input below low alarm set point Temperature is less than alarm set point Alarm is set to latching and an alarm occurred in the past Incorrect alarm set point ncorrect alarm source Check cause of under temperature Clear latched alarm Establish correct alarm set point Set alarm source to proper setting Sensor input above high alarm set point Temperature is greater than a
14. D 0 D 0 DONO D 0 to 20 mA 100 Q input imped S ance e 0 to 10V dc 9 20 KQ input imped ance e 0 to 50 mV dc 20 MO input im pedance scalable Slot 1 RMHx 1 xxx xxxx Inputs 1 to 4 Slot 2 RMHx x 1 xx xxxx Inputs 5 to 8 Slot 3 RMHx xx 1 x xxxx Inputs 9 to 12 Slot 4 RMHx xxx 1 xxxx Inputs 13 to 16 Digital Inputs 1 through 12 RMH Part Digit 7 8 is C Digital Input Event Slot D E Common DC input DC Input DC Input DC Input DC Input DC Input P D D D O D D 0 Internal Supply Conditions Voltage Input inactive when 2V Input active when gt 3V Dry Contact Input inactive when 100KQ Input active when lt 500 Six user configurable digital inputs outputs per slot Slot D DI 1 6 RMHx xx C xx xxxx Slot E DI 7 12 RMHx xxx C xxxx Voltage Input Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 26 Chapter 2 Install and Wire Warning N Use National Electric NEC or other country specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or pe ripheral devices Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property and or injury or loss of life Note Maximum wire size termination and torque rating 0 0507 to 3 30 mm 30 to 12
15. Time Sensor Selection You need to configure the controller to match the in put device which is normally a thermocouple RTD or process transmitter Select the sensor type with Sensor Type Setup Page Analog Input Menu Set Point Low Limit and High Limit The controller constrains the set point to a value be tween a set point low limit and a set point high limit Set the set point limits with Low Set Point and High Set Point Setup Page Loop Menu There are two sets of set point low and high lim its one for a closed loop set point another for an open loop set point A High Limit of selected functional range EM Range High Range between High Limit of Sensor and Range Low Set Point mm Set Point Range must be between Range High and Range Low Set Point gigs Range Low Range between Low Limit of Sensor and Range High Gas Pressure Low Limit of selected functional range Scale High and Scale Low When an analog input is selected as process voltage or process current input you must choose the value of voltage or current to be the low and high ends For example when using a 4 to 20 mA input the scale low value would be 4 00 mA and the scale high value would be 20 00 mA Commonly used scale ranges are 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 0 to 5V 1 to 5V and 0 to 10V You can create a scale range representing other units for special applications You can reverse scales from high values to low val
16. d c Direction Input Voltage Input Dry Contact Eal Output Function Off Analog Input Alarm Cool Power Heat Power Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Logic Linearization Math Process Value Special Function Output 1 to 4 Timer Variable Limit E Output Function Instance 1 to 250 58 R Source Zone A 0 to 16 o C E Output Control Fixed Time Base Variable Time Base o t b Output Time Base 0 1 to 60 0 seconds aL o Output Low Power Scale 0 0 to 100 0 96 o h Output High Power Scale 0 0 to 100 0 oPE c Operation Page d so Digital I O Menu d 5 Input State On Off Digital Input Value On Off An error when read can indicate any of the following None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error RTD Error Fail Math Error Not Sourced Stale Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 123 Chapter 6 Features Action Function The Action Function selected will execute when Source Function A ON and Active Level High Based on a given input Digital Event output Logic function etc Digital Input Output Function cont Output Value is determined by Source A and Digital Out put Function He the Action function can cause other functions to occur E iot D To name a few starting and stopping a profile silencing jos K LO alarms turn control loops off and placing alarms in non M Nd RR alarm state T oj Sa R le
17. 1534 Special Function Out 1535 Timer 244 Variable 245 1828 offset 30 Ox 6A 106 1to 12 5 73 6005 uint RWES Fi Digital Output 1 to 12 Function Instance Set the instance of the function selected above 1830 offset 30 0x6A 106 1to 12 6 74 6006 uint RWES SZ Digital Output 1 to 12 Source Zone Set the zone of the function selected above 0 to 16 1842 offset 30 0x6A 106 1to 12 0xC 12 6012 uint RWES Note Note above Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class Type Display a Range Default Relative Instance Pisa ides amp ee Address Attribute EE Read hex dec Write ott Digital Output 1 to 12 FEb Fixed Time Base 34 Fixed 1822 0x6A 75 6002 uint o Ct Control uE b Variable Time Base Time offset 30 106 RWES Set the output control type 103 Base 1to 12 This param
18. Output Value Filter A B C D Offset Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A t i 271 amp O ly Be ttdi Source Function A Source Instance A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Value A Source Value B Process Value Absolute Difference Output Value Error TERE Output Value Filter A B Offset Display units follow Source A plus relative Source B i V 4 Q o Bey LLL Source Function A Source Instance A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D Process Value Multiply Output Value Error TERE Output Value Filter A B C D Offset Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A Ce V M Se Q Ox TARERE Source Function A Source Instance A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D P
19. Return Material Authorization RMA 1 Call Watlow Customer Service 507 454 5300 for a Return Material Authorization RMA number before returning any item for repair If you do not know why the product failed con tact an Application Engineer or Product Manager All RMA s require Ship to address Bill to address Contact name Phone number Method of return shipment Your P O number Detailed description of the problem Any special instructions Name and phone number of person returning the product 2 Prior approval and an Return Merchandise Authorization num ber from the Customer Service Department is required when returning any product for credit repair or evaluation Make sure the Return Merchandise Authorization number is on the outside of the carton and on all paperwork returned Ship on a Freight Prepaid basis 3 After we receive your return we will examine it and try to verify the reason for returning it 4 Incases of manufacturing defect we will enter a repair order replacement order or issue credit for material returned In cases of customer misuse we will provide repair costs and request a purchase order to proceed with the repair work 5 To return products that are not defective goods must be in new condition in the original boxes and they must be returned with in 120 days of receipt A 20 percent restocking charge is applied for all returned stock controls and accessories 6 I
20. Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A x Source Value A Linearization Interpolated Output Value gt Error p gt o O O 2 2 O amp x L to ay in oy ny Ue Nin ay R NE ME NE NE NE NE ME D EPEE E DE KEE KEE agg ing ng R Mig eg Un a te et Oy ZA R ge gM SUE gg Mg gE GU Ge STE SI GM gg o ZH AH AD Loy Qe K t Pu ag o lr O 9 4g 4g e CLE 4 E44 444313434 134 Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A OO ee Ug B Source Value A gt Linearization Stepped Output Value Error p gt Output Function This function configures and connects physical outputs to internal functions Note Digital Outputs not included on these sheets An error when read can indicate any of the following None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error RTD Error Fail Math Error Not Sourced Stale Output Function Output Function Instance Output Value Output Source Zone Output Source Error gt Error Output Overview Instances 0 to 8 per RMH C SEE Setup Page lot PE Output Menu F n Output Function Off Analog Input Alarm Cool Power Heat Power Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Logic Linearization Math Process Value Special Function Output 1 to 4 Timer Variable Limit F Output
21. Using the RUI push and hold the up and down keys O for 6 seconds to enter See the Setup Page for fur ther information After setting up the control to reflect your equipment the Op erations Page would be used to monitor or change runtime settings As an example the user may want to see the cur rent status on or off of an event status in the Action Menu Operations Page Using the RUI push and hold the up and down keys O Q for 3 seconds to enter See the Op erations Page for further information For the most part the Factory Page has no bearing on the con trol when running A user may want to en able password protec tion view the control part number or perhaps create a custom Home Page Factory Page Using the RUI push and hold the Infinity and the green Advance keys for 6 seconds to enter See the Factory Page for further infor mation Home Page When using the RUI the control is at the Home Page when initial ly powered up where it will display the Process Value for loop 1 in the upper display and the set point for loop 1 in the lower display Pushing the green Ad vance Key will cause the display to show the control mode for loop 1 Note The Home Page is vis ible only when using the RUI The default RMH loop configuration out of the box is shown below e All Analog Input functions are set to thermocou ple type J to chan
22. Zone and Status LED Output Status LEDs Zone Selection Analog Input Alarm Cool Power Heat Power Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Output A H Function Key Linearization Logic Math Process Value Special Output Function 1 4 Timer Variable Off Indicates Zone Address o0 o Push to select Zone m T Address and Protocol Card Status Slots A B D E 6 Indicates communications activity Modbus or Stand ard Bus Indicates I O Status Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 1 Overview EZ ZONE RMH Module System Diagram 8 Control Loops Slots A B 6 Digital I O Slot D 4 Form A Mechanical Relays Slot E RMHx 1 2 1 2 CJ AAAA Input Function Input Sensor Input Device L RUI PC PLC or HMI Other RM Modules S i Power Supply i Analog Input 1 through 8 x None Thermocouple 2 Wire RTD 100 1k Thermistor 5k 10K 20k 40k Process V mV mA or 1K Potentiometer Digital Input 1 2 3 4 5 or 6 Switch contact or volts de Ig re Standard Bus optional Modbus RTU EIA 485 Communications Inter module Bus 20 4 to 30 8 Vac or Vdc P PID Controller Slot A B 6 Digital Inputs Outputs any combination Slot D E 4 Mechanical Relay Outputs Form A Slot E Modbus RTU Addres
23. 2 Read the value of Electrical Measurement Factory Page Calibration Menu for that input 3 Calculate the offset value by subtracting this val ue from the low source signal 4 Set Electrical Input Offset Factory Page Calibration Menu for this input to the offset val ue 5 Check the Electrical Measurement to see whether it now matches the signal If it doesn t match ad just Electrical Offset again 6 Apply the high source signal to the input Mea sure the signal to ensure it is accurate 7 Read the value of Electrical Measurement for that input 8 Calculate the gain value by dividing the low source signal by this value 9 Set Electrical Slope Factory Page Cali bration Menu for this input to the calculated gain value 10 Check the Electrical Measurement to see wheth er it now matches the signal If it doesn t match adjust Electrical Slope again Set Electrical Offset to 0 and Electrical Slope to 1 to restore factory calibration Follow these steps for an RTD input 1 Measure the low source resistance to ensure it is accurate Connect the low source resistance to the input you are calibrating 2 Read the value of Electrical Measurement PAu Factory Page Calibration Menu for that input 3 Calculate the offset value by subtracting this val ue from the low source resistance Calibration 4 Set Electrical Input Offset Factory Page Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 101 Chapter 6 Features Cal
24. C Pu Process Value 1 to 16 c 1 PEE ee Su Source Value A oPE Control Loop Menu c ito 94 S b Source Value B p n iod asa 2 C Suc Source Value C Lo oP Loop 1 to 16 Source Value B Source Value D rEn Remote Enable Output Value Source Value E Cr Control Mode Low oF SE Offset At SP Autotune Set Point o u Output Value RUE Autotune Request oPE Timer Menu CSP Closed Loop Set Point A Ln 1dS Idle Set Point Timer 1 to 24 Digital Input Output Menu hP b Heat Proportional Band Su Source Value A er hh Y Heat Hysteresis Source Value B d o Digital T O 1 to 12 CP b Cool Proportional Band Elapsed Time Output State Ch Y Cool Hysteresis ou Output Value d 45 Input State E Time Integral CIEZ ACE td Time Derivative oPE Action Menu db Dead Band oP Counter Menu Cv 0 5P Open Loop Set Point C Counter 1 to 24 B CE Action 1 to 24 ATA Count Event Input oPEr Alarm Menu Source Value A N Source Value B ALP Alarm 1 to 24 ou Output Value Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module E TAE Chapter 3 Operations Page oP Logic Menu o L 9C Logic 1 to 24 u H Source Value A Source Value B C Source Value C u d Source Value D Source Value E Source Value F Source Value G Source Value H o u Output Value T 1 1 j s DIRE Math Menu I PARE Math 1 to 24 Source Value A Source Value B u C Source Value C Source Value D Source Value E Offset O
25. Direction Input Dry Contact 1 to 12 Set this function to operate 44 1 as an input or output Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display E Write Full values can be read with other interfaces ene Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module s 56 e Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module Setup Page Display Parameter Name Description Range Modbus Relative Address Default CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Profibus Index Parameter ID Data Type Read Write Fa Fn Digital Output 1 to 12 Function Select what function will drive this output o n n 70 m r 73 3 Off 62 Analog Input Alarm 6 Cool Power Heat Power Compare 230 Counter 231 Digital I O 1142 Profile Event Out A Profile Event Out B Profile Event Out C Profile Event Out D Profile Event Out E Profile Event Out F Profile Event Out G Profile Event Out H Function Key 1001 Linearization 238 Logic 239 Math 240 Process Value 241 Special Function Out 1532 Special Function Out 1533 Special Function Out
26. EIA 485 Communications Standard Bus optional Modbus RTU ro ht Inter module Bus 20 4 to 30 8 Vac or Vde gt PID Controller Slot A B 6 Digital Inputs Outputs any combination Slot D 6 Digital Inputs Outputs any combination Slot E Output 1 2 3 4 5 6 switched dc open collector Output 7 8 9 10 11 12 switched dc open collector Zone and Status Modbus RTU Address 1 16 Standard Bus Zone 1 16 Supervisory amp Power Board Slot C Some input output combinations not possible see ordering matrix Output Status LEDs ED H Zone Selection e activity Modbus or Stand Output Function Analog Input Alarm Cool Power Heat Power Compare Counter Digital UO Profile Event Output A H Function Key Linearization Logic Math Process Value Special Output Function 1 4 Timer Variable Off Indicates Zone Address Push to select Zone Address and Protocol 9 Card Status Slots A B D E Indicates communications ard Bus Indicates I O Status Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module C hapter 1 Overview Input Function Input Sensor RUI PC PLC or HMI Other RM Modules F f Power Supply f EZ ZONE RMH Module System Diagram 8 Control Loops Slots A B 3 Process Outputs
27. H lormally Open Not Used ee N zm i Not Used Xl 1 i L Y 1Normally Open 1 1 1 2 004 1454 1 504 1254 1 04 1 Quad SSR Amps per Output Multiple Quad SSR Cards 0 504 0 254 Note 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Ambient Temperature C 55 60 65 70 Each of the four SSR outputs has internal circuitry that will protect it from over heating Outputs may be disabled shut off automatically if internal temperatures exceed those listed in the graph above After the output temperature drops approxi mately 10 C the outputs will once again be enabled for operation Tri Process Retransmit Outputs 1 3 7 9 RME Part Digit 7 8 is F concentrations of flammable sub Slot A B D E 0 to 20 mA into 4000 F negative stances volts or current maximum load i e 0 to 10V dc into 4 co on H_ volts current KO minimum load Y volts Outputs are scalable current Output supplies pow Not Usea c volts or current er ys H volts current Each output can be L aik independently set for wn voltage or current Epa volts or current e Output may be used TR CG as retransmit or con
28. If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module Setup Page Display Parameter Name Description Range Default Modbus Relative Address CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Profibus Index Parameter ID Data Type Read Write SFn d Logic 1 to 24 Source Function D source Set the type of function that will be used for this none None 61 Alarm 6 Compare 230 Counter 231 Digital I O 1142 Profile Event Out A Profile Event Out B Profile Event Out C Profile Event Out D Profile Event Out E Profile Event Out F Profile Event Out G Profile Event Out H Function Key 1001 Limit 126 Logic 239 Special Function Out 1532 Special Function Out 1533 Special Function Out 1534 Special Function Out 1535 Timer 244 Variable 245 None 9346 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 4 27004 uint RWES Logic 1 to 24 Source Instance D Set the instance of the function selected above 1 to 250 9362 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 OxC 12 27012
29. Lild Note Action Function selection is module type and part num ber dependant Output Function gt Output Function Instance Source Zone A Output State gt Digital I O Value gt Digital Einem N e Output a G p one Ta Instances 1 12 per RMH SEE Setup Page d o Digital I O Menu Source Function A Source Instance A d r Direction Output gt Error Event Status F a Output Function Off Analog Input Alarm Cool Power Heat Power Action Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key verios Logic Linearization Math Process Value Special Function Output 1 to 4 Timer Variable Limit Instances 24 per RMH F Output Function Instance 1 to 250 SEE Setup Page SZA Source Zone A 0 to 16 ACE Action Menu o C E Output Control Fixed Time Base Variable Time Base o t b Output Time Base 0 1 to 60 0 seconds o L o Output Low Power Scale 0 0 to 100 0 oh _ Output High Power Scale 0 0 to 100 0 Fn Action Function None User Set Restore Alarm Silence Alarms Control Loops Off and Alarms to Non alarm State Force Alarm to Occur Idle Set Point Tune Manual Switch Control Loop Off Remote Set Point TRU TUNE Disable F Function Instance 0 to 25 Source Function A None Alarm Compare Counter Digital T O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Limit Logic Timer Variable o PE c Operation Page
30. Modbus Word Order 1330 1 RWE Select the word order of Loh V Word Low High 5 the two 16 bit words in the 1331 floating point values Communications F 30 F 6510 0x96 150 17050 uint CF Display Units C 15 1 RWE Select which scale to use for 6 temperature over comms Communications 1 YES Yes 106 Yes 6514 0x96 150 198 17051 uint nVS Non volatile Save No 59 1 RWE If set to Yes all values writ 8 ten to the control will be saved in EEPROM Note Any value that is changed from the RUI or over a communications port will initiate a write to the EE PROM Life of EEPROM is approximately one mil lion writes Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces E Sa Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page Chapter 5 Factory Pages Navigating the Factory Page To navigate to the Factory Page using the RUI follow 5 Press the Up or Down Q key to move through the steps below available menu prompts 1 From the Home Page press and hold both the Ad 6 Press the Infinity Key to move backwards vance 9 and Infinity keys for six seconds through the levels parameter to submenu submenu 2 Press the Up or Down Q key to view available to menu menu to Home Page menus 7 Press and hold the Infinity Key for two seconds to 3 Press the Advance Key to enter the menu o
31. Output Value Sas e 2 E If the Password is enabled the user must enter the Pass aa ea Error p gt word to get to menus that have been blocked due to lock level settings Rolling passwords require a new password A gt B Output Value ON a bae each time the power has been cycled to the controller It will be different for every controller The administrator password is required to change the security settings even lt 4 if the user enters their password to override the security 2p amp 2 settings NM 3 e Oy Kon Qo a O CRAS e amp RUP le LR Source Function A ANON be y Oey e Ory kn NOM Source Instance A Source Value A gt Source Zone A i i i i i l N l Source Value B gt s Source Error A Security Function Block C Overview ompare Instances 1 per RMH e Less or Equal ERE E Factory Page ource instance Lol Lock M Source Zone B Output Value Source Error B Bero bs Operations Page 1 to 3 Profiling Page 1 to 3 A lt B Output Value ON Password Enable Off On Read Lock 1 to 5 Write Security 1 to 5 Locked Access Level 1 to 5 Rolling Password Off On User Password 10 to 999 Administrator Password 10 to 999 FAcE Factory Page UL oC Unlock Menu CodE PASS Public Key xxx Password xxx Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 141 Chapter 6 Features Diagnostic Function peo yyd dd Part Number S
32. Special Function Out SoF g Special Function Out SoF 3 Special Function Out SoF 4 Special Function Out 9340 offset 80 None Ox7F 127 1 to 24 1 27001 uint RWES Logic 1 to 24 Source Instance A Set the instance of the function selected above 1 to 250 1 9356 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 9 27009 uint RWES Logic 1 to 24 Source Zone A Set the zone of the function selected above 0 to 16 0 9372 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 0x11 17 27017 uint RWES Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces Note If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module Setup Page Display Description Parameter Name Range Default Modbus Relative Address CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Profibus Index Parameter ID Data Type Read Write BE ab SFn b Logic 1 to 24 Source B Function source Set the type of function that will be used for this none None 61 Alarm Reset 6
33. d o Digital I O Menu Source Instance A 1 to 250 5 amp H Source Zone A 0 to 16 L Eu Active Level High Low do 5 Output State On Off Digital Output Value On Off An error when read can indicate any of the following o PE c Operation Page None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data ACE Action Menu Ambient Error RTD Error Fail Math Error Not Sourced E 5 Event Status On Off Stale Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 124 lt Chapter 6 Features Control Function O C CQ L Ss Se 4 4 2 O9 d Log as Sen E p A o A amp o O Soy g EA 2 O a C On Che Rp Dyer aaa Us hy PLR Mop OO ty ag Xo lo H Ly amp QU MARC q Sex C 558 Pee D Aloy ey Pb 2 Op Hy Sex On Ze Xm Be Q 22 SRN ahe a ERA TA A R A AN ARA R RA R Lo NE ANB E R HR R E by Seg Sig Og Uy E Ta NE E ay o Da Nog Seu Da RI DLU Dt lng eo Sag a a G amp amp 41 2 dor d Dy tae Meg qr TO pong Lo To ME BX Q Top RB T f Bs Qf dS n K M KA EA EM ay DAC ey NON CS Moy Yon KA 76 KA K dio Xen DC ing Qa ing ing LS a Si ta oy S KS Ta I M4 d AI Ao A1 S 4 44 4 A 3 A 3 A 1 AL 1 L1 34 114 Source Function A Loop Error gt gt Source Instance A Source Zone A gt Source Error A Control Mode Active TuneStatus r Heat Pi Source Function B eat Power gt Source Instance B Control Cool Power Source Zone B Overview Closed Loop Set Point gt Source Error B Open Loop Set Poi
34. 2 00 2 00 0 05 0 01 1250 1450 1450 1700 2315 2315 1343 800 800 870 Cad 200 200 50 oO Volts mAmps 0 02 DC Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Appendix Thermistor Input cont Max Error 25 Deg C Input Type Potentiometer 1K range Operating Range Input Type Range Low J Thermis Thermis 0 to 40KQ 0 to 20KQ 0 to 10KQ 0 to 5KQ e 2 252KO and 10KO base at 25 C DegC e Linearization curves built in DegC e Third party Thermistor compatibility requirements Base R Alpha Beta YSI Thermistor 25C Techniques THERM Curve Range High Units 210 1200 270 1371 270 400 DegC 270 1300 DegC 270 1000 DegC 1767 DegC 1767 DegC 1816 2315 2315 1343 oO c uox ouea ioa me amc cuc ioa we c DegC Digital Input Update rate 10Hz DC voltage Max input 36V at 3mA DegC Min high state 3V at 0 25mA Max low state 2V Dry Contact Update rate 10Hz e Min open resistance 10KO Max closed resistance 500 Output Hardware e Electromechanical relay Form A 5A 24 to 240V ac or 30V mAmps dc max resistive load 100 000 cycles at rated load Requires DC a min load of 20mA at 24V 120 240 V ac 125VA 24V ac 25VA pilot duty Digital outputs AC Update rate 10Hz Switched DC Output voltage 20V dc Max supply current source 40mA at 20V dc and 80mA at DegC DegC ex e
35. 7023 uint SFn b Source Function B A Analog Input 142 loffset 80 107 RWES Set the type of function Corr Current 22 1 to 16 ee han be used for this CP Cool Power 161 0x17 23 h P c Heat Power 160 PL uc Power 73 Lor Linearization 238 PARE Math 240 Pu Process Value 241 BBL Set Point Closed 242 SP Set Point Open 243 uc Variable 245 Control Loop 1 to 16 1to 250 1 5266 0x6B 7024 uint Si b Source Instance B offset 80 107 RWES Select the instance of the 1 to 16 function selected above 0x18 24 5gb Control Loop 1 to 16 0 to 16 0 5270 Ox6B 7026 uint SZb Source Zone B offset 80 107 RWES Set the zone of the function 1 to 16 selected above Ox1A 26 Control Loop 1 to 16 Rut o Auto 10 Auto 5262 0x6B 7022 uint L r ty Remote Set Point Type Manual 54 offset 80 107 RWES Enable this loop to switch 1 to 16 control to the remote set 0x16 22 point UFA Control Loop 1 to 16 Off sets output power User 5242 0x6B 7012 uint UFA User Failure Action to 0 62 offset 80 107 RWES Select what the controller Bumpless transfer 1to 16 outputs will do when the maintains same output OxC 12 user switches control to power if it was less than manual mode 75 and stable otherwise 0 14 Manual power sets output power to Manual Power setting 33 User sets output power to last open loop set point the user entered 100 Note R Read Some values will b
36. Decimal 52 deviation alarms 108 Dewpoint 88 Diagnostic Function 142 Diagnostics Menu 98 99 Digital Input Output Function 123 Digital Input Output Menu 39 56 digital input specifications 146 Direction 56 Display 70 Display Pairs 50 93 e 155 lt Display Units 93 duplex 104 E Electrical Gain 102 Electrical Input Offset 99 Electrical Input Slope 99 Electrical Measurement 99 102 Electrical Offset 102 Electrical Slope 103 environment 146 F Factory Page Control Module 95 Filter Time 52 103 filter time constant 103 Function 49 Function Instance 57 G Global Function 126 Global Menu 93 Setup Page 36 49 H Heat Algorithm 60 106 Heat Hysteresis 41 60 106 Heat Power 40 Heat Proportional Band 41 60 106 High Power Scale 58 66 high range 103 high scale 103 High Set Point Alarm 42 43 69 70 108 Loop 64 103 Hysteresis 68 69 108 l Idle Set Point 41 64 Input Error Failure 63 105 Input Error Latching 52 105 Input Error Status 38 53 inputs 5 installation 17 IP Fixed Address Part 4 93 isolation blocks 22 J K L Latching 69 109 Linearization 51 Linearization Function 121 Linearization Menu 43 71 line voltage power 146 Locked Access Level 97 Lock Operations Page 109 Lockout Menu 109 Appendix Lock Profiling Page 109 Logic 69 Logic Function 126 Logic Menu 46 79 Loop Menu 40 Low Power Scale 58 66 low range 103 low scale 103 Low Set Point Alarm 42 69 108 Loop 64
37. E EN erating along X Y Z axes 10 min cycle S 60 min ze Safety Agency UL1310 Class 2 1 UL508 Listed Approvals UL60950 1 EN60950 1 CE For a comprehensive listing of these specifications point your browser to http us tdk lambda com p products dsp series htm Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 17 Chapter 2 Install and Wire RMH Installation and Removal on a DIN Rail Modular Backplane Connector The picture on the right shows the Modular Backplane Connector both front and rear view The rear view is bringing in to focus a metal clip If the DIN rail is grounded the Modular Backplane Connector and the module connected to it will be also recommended Installing the Modular Backplane Connector Step 1 Hook backplane assembly to upper edge of DIN rail see rear view above backplane hook detail that mates with upper rail edge is circled Step 2 Next rotate back plane assembly downward to en gage the lower edge of the rail Note Din Rail clip ping distance ranges from 1 366 1 389 inches The back plane assembly will not latch onto the rail suc cessfully if the rail is out of dimension Step 3 For final positioning and locking the red tab is to be pushed upward to further engage the bottom edge of the rail with an over center snap action latch The red locking tab protrudes from the bot tom side of the back plane assembly Installing Multiple Modular Backplane Connectors Multiple modules are easily aligned and
38. F or 4112 0x97 57 8012 float C Pb Cool Proportional Band 0 001 to 5 555 000 C units offset 70 151 RWES Set the PID proportional 14 0 C 1 to 16 band for the cool outputs 7 ChY Control Loop 1 to 16 0 001 to 9 999 000 F or units 3 0 F or 4122 0x97 58 8013 float C hy Cool Hysteresis 0 001 to 5 555 000 C units offset 70 151 RWES Set the control switching 2 0 C 1 to 16 hysteresis for on off con OxC 12 trol This determines how far into the on region the process value needs to move before the output turns on Control Loop 1 to 16 0 to 9 999 seconds per repeat 180 sec 4114 0x97 59 8006 float til Time Integral onds per offset 70 151 RWES Set the PID integral for repeat 1to 16 the outputs 8 Control Loop 1 to 16 0 to 9 999 seconds 0 seconds 4116 0x97 60 8007 float td Time Derivative offset 70 151 RWES Set the PID derivative 1to 16 time for the outputs 9 Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display RIE Full values can be read with other interfaces E sa User Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 60 e Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class F Type Display raas Range Default Relativ
39. If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and CIP Data Modbus Class Type Display dahs Range Default Relative Instance jus jeg amp SE Address Attribute dos Read hex dec Write RbL Alarm 1 to 24 Off 62 Off 2674 0x6D 28 9008 uint A bL Blocking SErc Startup 88 offset 60 109 RWES Select when an alarm will Set Point 85 1to 24 be blocked After startup Both 13 8 and or after the set point 2 changes the alarm will be blocked until the process value enters the normal range Alarm 1 to 24 Off 62 Off 2670 0x6D 29 9006 juint A Si Silencing On 63 offset 60 109 RWES Turn alarm silencing on to 1 to 24 allow the user to disable 6 this alarm AdSP Alarm 1 to 24 Off 62 On 2690 0x6D 30 9016 uint A dSP Display On 63 offset 60 109 RWES Display an alarm message 1 to 24 when an alarm is active 0x10 16 Adl Alarm 1 to 24 0 to 9 999 seconds 0 2700 0x6D 31 9021 uint A dL Alarm Delay Time offset 60 109 RWES Set the span of time that 1to24 the alarm will be delayed 0x15 21 after the process value ex ceeds the alarm set point RL el Alarm 1 to 24 Clear 129 Ignore 2684 0x6D 32 9026 uint A hi Clear Request Ignore 204 offset 60 109 RW Select Clear to clear alarm 1 to 24 once in safe region 0x0D 13 Note This prompt is not avail able unless alarm la
40. Inden ID hex dec 31018 uint R 0x83 131 1 to 24 0x12 18 S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module s 46 lt Chapter 3 Operations Page RM High Density Module Parameter Name Description Logic 1 to 24 Source Value C View the value of Source C Logic 1 to 24 Source Value D View the value of Source D Logic 1 to 24 Source Value E View the value of Source E Logic 1 to 24 Source Value F View the value of Source F Logic 1 to 24 Value Source G View the value of Source G Logic 1 to 24 Source Value H View the value of Source H Logic 1 to 24 Output Value View the value of this function s output Logic 1 to 24 Error Read reported cause for logic error Math 1 to 24 Source Value A View the value of Source A Math 1 to 24 Source Value B View the value of Source B Math 1 to 24 Source Value C View the value of Source C Off 62 On 63 Off 62 On 63 Off 62 On 63 Off 62 On 63 Off 62 On 63 Off 62 On 63 Off 62 On 63 None 61 Open 65 Shorted 127 Measurement Error 140 Bad Cal Data 139 Ambient Error 9 RTD Error 141 Fail 32 Math Error 1423 Not Sourced 246 Stale 1617 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 128 000 to 5 5
41. P u Process Value 241 BBL Set Point Closed Control Loop 242 SP Set Point Open Con trol Loop 243 uic Variable 245 1 B R Compare 1 to 24 1to 250 1 11264 0x80 128 28003 uint S A Source Instance A offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set the instance of the 3 function selected above 52A Compare 1 to 24 0 to 16 0 11268 0x80 128 28005 uint SZA Source Zone A offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set the zone of the function 5 selected above Compare 1 to 24 nonE None 61 None 11262 0x80 128 28002 uint SFn b Source Function B A Analog Input 142 offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set the type of function CUr rc Current 22 2 that will be used for this C P Cool Power Control source Loop 161 4 P Heat Power Control Loop 160 PL Uc Power Control Loop 73 Lor Linearization 238 PARE Math 240 Pu Process Value 241 GPC Set Point Closed Control Loop 242 5Po Set Point Open Con trol Loop 243 uic Variable 245 Compare 1 to 24 1 to 250 1 11266 0x80 128 28004 uint Si b Source Instance B offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set the instance of the 4 function selected above Compare 1 to 24 0 to 16 0 11270 0x80 128 28006 uint SZb Source Zone B offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set thezone of the function 6 selected above Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces E qii
42. float C Write Read Modbus Addresses 0 40 C Constantwi Rd ReadWordCount 2 Interval ms 100 Display Read Data No Delay locks gui LH Order C Random Read Length C Increment Write Data C Random Write Length DeviceAdd 1 0 o 0 Timeout 1000 Timeouts 0 0 0 o Watchdog 1000 aner o v Oj 9 Miscompares 0 0 0j 0 Parity Comm Port 1 Baud 9600 None v Error Log Log 0 Stop On Error 0 C Compare W R C Compare RAR C Sample C AddressesFromFile AddressFilePath C AddressFile txt LogFilePath C OutputFile txt Ready Revision 1 30 The screen shot above was taken from a program that can be found on the Watlow Support Tools DVD shipped with the product as well as on the Watlow website On the DVD it can be found under Utility Tools and is identified as Modbus RTU Diagnostic Program for EZ ZONE PM RM and ST A similar pro gram can be found here as well for a connection utilizing Ethernet TCP If it is easier to go to the web to acquire this software click on the link below and type modbus in the search field where both versions can be found with the same name http www watlow com literature soft ware cfm Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 143 lt Appendix Assembly Pointer Registers and Assembly Working Registers Definition Addresses Working
43. nor equal not equal Latch Linearization 24 total Interpolated or stepped relationship Math 24 total Off average process scale deviation scale differential subtrac tion ratio divide add multiply absolute difference min max square root sample and hold Process Value 16 total Off sensor backup average crossover wet dry bulb switch over differential subtraction ratio divide add multiply absolute difference min max square root Timers 24 total On Pulse produces output of fixed time on active edge of timer run signal Delay output is a delayed start of timer run off at same time One Shot oven timer Retentive measures timer run signal output on when accumu lated time exceeds target Variable 24 total User value for digital or analog variable Note These specifications are subject to change without prior notice Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 152 Appendix EZ ZONE Rail Mount High Density Module Ordering Information High density module requires a Class 2 or SELV power supply 20 4 to 30 8 V ac dc communication port provided for configuration with EZ ZONE Configurator software Code Number H Right angle screw connector standard Front screw connector Custom 4 Universal inputs t c 2 wire RTD 0 10Vdc 0 20mA 1K pot entiometer with 4 control loops 4 Thermistor inputs with 4 control loops Slot B Digit None 4 Uni
44. uint SAS b Source Active State B Low 53 offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set what output state will OxC 12 indicate on Counter 1 to 24 0 to 9 999 0 12244 0x82 130 157 30013 uint LoAd Load Value offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set the counter s initial 13 value Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces S S Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module s 78 e Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class F Type Display E Range Default Relative Instance eee ic ud amp P Address Attribute Read hex dec Write Counter 1 to 24 0 to 9 999 9 999 12246 0x82 130 158 30014 uint trgt Target Value offset 40 1to 24 RWES Set the value that will turn OxE 14 the output value on Counter 1 to 24 No 59 No 12252 0x82 130 160 30017 uint LAt Latching Yes 106 offset 40 1to24 RWES If enabled output will latch Ox11 17 when count equals target value Te Logic Menu Fa Logic 1 to 24 oF F Off 62 Off 9404 Ox7F 127 177 270833 uint Fn Function find And 1426 offset 80 1 to 24 RWES Set the
45. 000 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C no No 59 Yes 106 oF F Off 62 AUE a Auto 10 Manual 54 50 to 200 no No 59 Yes 106 e Operations Page Modbus Relative Address 4100 offset 70 4124 offset 70 4126 offset 70 5232 offset 80 422 offset 90 5260 offset 80 4100 offset 70 4138 offset 70 4140 offset 70 Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Data Type amp Read Write Parameter ID Profibus Index 0x97 151 1 to 16 2 0x97 151 1 to 16 USD 13 0x97 151 1to 0x10 16 OxE 14 0x6B 107 1 to 16 7 0x68 104 1 to 16 0x16 22 Ox6B 107 1 to 16 0x15 21 0x97 151 1 to 16 0x14 20 0x97 151 1 to 16 0x15 21 R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 41 Chapter 3 Operations Page Display RM High Density Module Parameter Name Description Control Loop 1 to 16 Closed Loop Set Point Set the set point that the controller will automati cally control to Control Loop 1 to 16 Idle Set Point Set a closed loop set point that can be triggered by an event state Control Loop 1 to 16 Heat Proportional Band Set the PID proportional band
46. 1 to 24 0 to 24 0 2186 Ox6E 114 10004 uint Fi Function Instance offset 20 110 RWES Set the instance of the 1to 24 function selected above 4 Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces n Note If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Set Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 58 Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module e Setup Page Note above If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and CIP Data Modbus Class x Type Display Paremeren Name Range Default Relative Instance dae Gra Description Address Attribute ndex Read hex dec Write Action 1 to 24 non None 61 None 2190 Ox6E 10006 uint SFn A Source Function A ALP Alarm 6 offset 20 110 RWES Set the event or function CPE Compare 230 1 to 24 that will trigger the action CEF Counter 231 6 d o Digital I O 1142 EntA Profile Event Out A 233 Ent Profile Event Out B 234 Ent Profile Event Out C
47. 103 Manual Control Indicator Light 105 manual open loop control 105 Math Function 129 Math Menu 47 88 Modbus Default Assembly Structure 80 119 144 145 Modbus Using Programmable Memory Blocks 111 Modbus Word Order 94 Monitor Menu 40 N navigating Factory Page 95 Setup Page 36 49 network wiring 32 No arc Relay 104 Non volatile Save 50 94 O on off control 105 Open Loop Detect Deviation 63 Open Loop Detect Enable 63 Open Loop Detect Time 63 Open Loop Set Point 42 65 Operations Page Control Module 36 operator interface 146 ordering information integrated controller models 149 output configuration 105 Output Function 67 Output Menu 65 output power scaling 104 outputs 5 Output State 39 Output Type 66 P P3T armor sealing system 3 Parameter 1 to 20 96 Parameter ID 34 Parity 94 Part Number 98 Password 95 98 Peltier Delay 49 50 62 Potentiometer 24 power supplies 16 Pressure Units 49 50 process alarms 108 Process Error Enable 52 Process Error Low 52 Process Value 38 49 53 Process Value Active 40 Process Value Function 116 Process Value Menu 38 Profibus 35 Profibus Index 34 programming the Home Page 102 proportional control plus integral PI control 106 plus integral plus derivative PID control 106 Public Key 95 98 Q R Ramp Action 64 Ramp Rate 64 108 Ramp Scale 64 108 Range High 51 68 103 Range Low 51 68 103 Read Lockout Security 109 receiving a remo
48. 142 offset 70 1to24 RWES Set the type of function CUr c Current 22 1 that will be used for this CPF Cool Power Control Source Loop 161 4P Heat Power Control Loop 160 PL dr Power Control Loop 73 Lnr Linearization 238 PARE Math 240 Pu Process Value 241 SPL Set Point Closed Control Loop 242 5Po Set Point Open Con trol Loop 243 uic Variable 245 Linearization 1 to 24 1 or 250 1 14382 0x86 134 34002 uint L Si A Source Instance A offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the instance of the 2 function selected above Linearization 1 to 24 0 or 16 0 14384 0x86 134 34003 uint SZA Source Zone A offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the zone of the function 3 selected above Linearization 1 to 24 Sr c Source 1539 Source 14436 0x86 134 121 34029 uint Unit Units non None 61 offset 70 1to24 RWES Set the units of Source A AEP Absolute Temperature Ox1D 29 1540 r tP Relative Tempera ture 1541 PL uc Power 73 Pr o Process 75 c h Relative Humidty 1538 P I Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 10 0 14394 0x86 134 122 34008 float ip 1 Input Point 1 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that willbe 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 8 mapped to output 1 CoPI Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 0 0 14414 0x86 134 123 34018 float op 1 Output Point 1 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that w
49. 20 20K 1361 0x25 37 tance of the thermistor 40 40K 1449 input FL Analog Input 1 to 16 0 0 to 60 0 seconds 0 5 406 0x68 104 12 4014 float FiL Filter offset 90 1to 16 RWE Filtering smooths out the OxE 14 process signal to both the display and the input In crease the time to increase filtering Eel Analog Input 1 to 16 Off 62 Off 434 0x68 104 4028 uint i Er Error Latching On 63 offset 90 1to16 RWE Turn input error latching Ox1C 28 on or off If latching is on errors must be manually cleared gdEC Analog Input 1 to 16 B Whole 105 Whole 418 0x68 104 4020 uint dEC Display Precision Tenths 94 offset 90 1 to 16 RWE Set the precision of the dis Hundredths 40 0x14 20 played value 0 200 Thousandths 96 LCR Analog Input 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 0 0 402 0x68 1041 4012 float iCA Calibration Offset units offset 90 1to 16 RWE Offset the input reading to 1 110 000 to 5 555 000 C 0x0C 12 compensate for lead wire resistance or other factors that cause the input read ing to vary from the actual process value Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display E Write Full values can be read with other interfaces E Piu User Set Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page
50. 245 S b Process Value 1 to 16 1to 250 1 8232 Ox7E 26007 uint Si b Source Instance B offset 70 126 RWES Set the instance of the 1to 16 function selected above 7 Process Value 1 to 16 0 to 16 0 8242 Ox7E 26012 uint SZ b Source Zone B offset 70 126 RWES Set the zone of the function 1 to 16 selected above 0x0C 12 SFnt Process Value 1 to 16 None 61 None 8224 Ox7E 26003 uint SFn C Source Function C C A Analog Input 142 offset 70 126 RWES Set the type of function Linearization 238 1 to 16 that will be used for this 3 poupe PARAE Math 240 Pu Process Value 241 uA Variable 245 Process Value 1 to 16 1to 250 1 8234 Ox7E 26008 uint Si C Source Instance C offset 70 126 RWES Set the instance of the 1 to 16 function selected above 8 S20 Process Value 1 to 16 0 to 16 0 8244 Ox7E 26013 uint SZ C Source Zone C offset 70 126 RWES Set the zone of the function 1 to 16 selected above 0x0D 13 GFn d Process Value 1 to 16 None 61 None 8226 Ox7E 26004 uint SFn d Source Function D Analog Input 142 offset 70 126 RWES Set the type of function Linearization 238 1to 16 that will be used for this PAARE Math 240 4 S Bu Process Value 241 C u Ri Variable 245 Process Value 1 to 16 1to 250 1 8236 Ox7E 26009 uint Si d Source Instance D offset 70 126 RWES Set the instance of the 1to 16 function selected above 9
51. 5 S 84 wired to this input F F 30 EJT 93 d J 46 Analog Input 1 to 16 RE P Absolute Temperature Process 462 0x68 104 5 4042 uint Unit Units 1540 offset 90 1 to 16 RWE Set the type of units the PU Uc Power 73 Ox2A 42 sensor will measure Po Process 75 c h Relative Humidity 1538 Analog Input 1 to 16 100 0 to 1 000 0 0 0 408 0x68 104 6 4015 float S Lo Scale Low offset 90 1to 16 RWE Set the low scale for pro OxF 15 cess inputs This value in millivolts volts or mil liamps will correspond to the Range Low output of this function block Analog Input 1 to 16 100 0 to 1 000 0 20 0 410 0x68 104 T 4016 float S hi Scale High offset 90 1to 16 RWE Set the high scale for pro 0x10 16 cess inputs This value in millivolts volts or mil liamps will correspond to the Range High output of this function block Analog Input 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 0 0 412 0x68 104 8 4017 float r Lo Range Low offset 90 1 to 16 RWE Set the low range for this 0x11 17 function block s output ch 1 Analog Input 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 9 999 0 414 0x68 104 9 4018 float r hi Range High offset 90 1to 16 RWE Set the high range for this 0x12 18 function block s output Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display nnum Full values can be read with other interfaces E ee User Note Set If there is on
52. 7 9 Calibration Offset 1 110 000 to 5 555 000 C i 7 Set an offset value for a process output ALPA Alarm Menu RES Alarm 1 to 24 oF Off 62 Off 2688 0x6D 20 9015 uint A ty Alarm Type dEAL Deviation Alarm 24 loffset 60 109 RWES Select whether the alarm P L Process Alarm 76 1 to 24 trigger is a fixed value or OxF 15 will track the set point Alarm 1 to 24 non None 61 Analog 2692 0x6D 21 9017 uint Sr A Alarm Source A Analog Input 142 Input offset 60 109 RWES Select what will trigger CUr c Current 22 1to 24 this alarm PL Uc Power Control Loop 0x11 17 73 Lnr Linearization 238 PAAL Math 240 Pu Process Value 241 uf Variable 245 Cur Current Read 179 154 Alarm 1 to 24 1 or 250 1 2694 0x6D 22 9018 uint iS A Alarm Source Instance A offset 60 109 RWES Set the instance of the 1 to 24 function selected above 0x12 18 C 52A Alarm 1 to 24 0 or 16 0 2708 0x6D 9025 uint L SZ A Alarm Source Zone A offset 60 109 RWES Set the zone of the function 1 to 24 selected above 0x19 25 Alarm 1 to 24 1 to 16 1 2704 0x6D 23 9023 uint loop Control Loop loffset 60 109 RWES Select the loop when de 1 to 24 viation alarm is selected 0x17 23 above Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full
53. 8 4 R Source Value A Off On Sub Source Value B Off On o u Output Value Off On Counter Operation Whenever a prescribed clock transition occurs with out an error on source B the count will be equal to the Load Value Up Counter Whenever a prescribed clock transition occurs with out an error on Source B the count will increment by 1 If the count is equal to 9 999 when the transition occurs count will be 1 after transition Down Counter Whenever a prescribed clock transition occurs with out an error on Source B the count will decrement by 1 If the count is equal to 0 when the transition oc curs the count will be 9 999 after transition An error when read can indicate any of the following None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error RTD Error Fail Math Error Not Sourced Stale Variable Function D aw M DS p K S K youd Output Value Error gt Variable Overview Instances 24 per RMH SEE Setup Page Variable Menu Data Type Analog Digital Digital Value On Off Antl S Analog Value 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Units None Absolute Temperature Relative Temperature Power Process Relative Humidity Output Value 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 or On or Off Function passes stored value to output An error when read can indicate any of the following None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error RTD Er
54. 9 999 000 F 1 0 6588 0x7D 105 25025 float S hi Input Scale High or units offset 70 125 RWES Active for Process or Devia 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 1to 24 tion Scale of Source A only 0x19 25 Math 1 to 24 Sr c Source 1539 Source 6602 0x7D 25032 uint Unit Units non None 61 offset 70 125 RWES Set the units of Source A AEP Absolute Temperature 1to 24 1540 0x20 32 r bP Relative Tempera ture 1541 PL ur Power 73 Pr o Process 75 ch Relative Humidty 1538 Math 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 0 0 6590 0x7D 106 25026 float r Lo Output Range Low or units offset 70 125 RWES Active for Process or Devia 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 1to 24 tion Scale of Source A only Ox1A 26 cb Math 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 1 0 6592 0x7D 107 25027 float L r hi Output Range High or units offset 70 125 RWES Active for Process or Devia 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 1 to 24 tion Scale of Source A only Ox1B 27 Math 1 to 24 PS Pounds per square Pressure 6598 0x7D T 25030 uint Punt Pressure Units inch 1671 Units offset 70 125 RWES Select units of Source A PTR lt mbar 1672 1 to 24 when function is Pressure Ear rc Torr 1673 Ox1E 30 to Altitude conversion only PASC Pascal 1674 AEP 4 Atmosphere 1675 Math 1 to 24 FE Feet 1674 Kilofeet 6600 0x7D 25031 uint A unt Altitude Units HF E Kilofeet 1671 offset 70 125 RWES Select units of output
55. Addresses Definition Addresses Working Addresses 40 amp 41 200 amp 201 120 amp 121 280 amp 281 42 amp 43 202 amp 203 122 amp 123 282 amp 283 44 amp 45 204 amp 205 124 amp 125 284 amp 285 46 amp 47 206 amp 207 126 amp 127 286 amp 287 48 amp 49 208 amp 209 128 amp 129 288 amp 289 50 amp 51 210 amp 211 130 amp 131 290 amp 291 52 amp 53 212 amp 213 132 amp 133 292 amp 293 54 amp 55 214 amp 215 134 amp 135 294 amp 295 56 amp 57 216 amp 217 136 amp 137 296 amp 297 58 amp 59 218 amp 219 138 amp 139 296 amp 299 60 amp 61 220 amp 221 140 amp 141 300 amp 301 62 amp 63 222 amp 223 142 amp 143 302 amp 303 64 amp 65 224 amp 225 144 amp 145 304 amp 305 66 amp 67 226 amp 227 146 amp 147 306 amp 307 68 amp 69 228 amp 229 148 amp 149 308 amp 309 70 amp 71 230 amp 231 150 amp 151 310 amp 311 72 amp 73 232 amp 233 152 amp 153 312 amp 313 74 amp 75 234 amp 235 154 amp 155 314 amp 315 76 amp 77 236 amp 237 156 amp 157 316 amp 317 78 amp 79 238 amp 239 158 amp 159 318 amp 319 80 amp 81 240 amp 241 160 amp 161 320 amp 321 82 amp 83 242 amp 243 162 amp 163 322 amp 323 84 amp 85 244 amp 245 164 amp 165 324 amp 325 86 amp 87 246 amp 247 166 amp 167 326 amp 327 88 amp 89 248 amp 249 168 amp 169 328 amp 329 90 amp 91 250 amp 251 170 amp 171 330 amp 331 92 amp 93 252 a
56. Attribute Write hex dec No Dis Alarm 1 to 24 No 59 None 2680 0x6D 9011 uint play Silenced Yes 106 offset 60 109 R Read this register to de 1to 24 termine if the alarm is OxOB 11 silenced No Dis Alarm 1 to 24 No 59 None 2682 0x6D 9012 uint play Clearable Yes 106 offset 60 109 R Read to determine if an 1to 24 alarm can be cleared USC 12 R No Dis Alarm 1 to 24 Clear 0 None 2684 0x6D 9013 uint play Clear Request No Change 255 offset 60 109 Write to this register to 1to 24 clear an alarm OxD 13 W No Dis Alarm 1 to 24 Clear 0 None 2686 0x6D 9014 uint play Silence Request No Change 255 offset 60 109 RW Write to this register to 1 to 24 silence an alarm OxOE 14 R No Dis Alarm 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F None 2696 0x6D 9019 float play Working Process Value or units offset 60 109 Read process value used 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 1 to 24 by alarms 0x13 19 No Dis Alarm 1 to 24 On 63 2706 0x6D 9024 uint play Output Value Off 62 offset 60 109 R Read state of alarm out 1 to 24 put 0x18 24 Linearization Menu Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 14386 Source Value A or units offset 70 View the value of Source 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C A Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 14390 Offset or units offset 70 Set an offset to be applied 1 110 000 to 5 555 000 C to this function s output Linearization
57. COM Port Number GIUM USB Transfer Sizes Select lower settings to correct performance problems at low baud rates Select higher settings for faster performance Receive Bytes 4096 Y Transmit Bytes 4096 v BM Options Select lower settings to correct response problems Serial Enumerator Minimum Read Timeout msec o Serial Printer Cancel If Power Off Minimum Write Timeout msec o X Event On Surprise Removal Set RTS On Close Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 32 e Chapter 2 Install and Wire Wiring a Serial EIA 485 Network Do not route network wires with power wires Con nect network wires in daisy chain fashion when con necting multiple devices in a network A network using Watlow s Standard Bus and an RUI Gate Way EZ ZONE RMH Power Slot C Supply EZ ZONE PM common A B LT RUI Gateway J 98 99 common CF A CD B IICER A termination resistor is required Place a 120 Q resistor across T R and T R of the last controller on a network Only one protocol per port is available at a time either Modbus RTU or Standard Bus A network using Modbus RTU EZ ZONE RMH fuse Power Slot C Supply
58. D Math Minimum Output Value Error TERR Output Value Filter Minimum Value A B C D Offset Display units follows Source with minimum value A K x o By Os NH LLL Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Value A Source Value B NEN Math Absolute Difference Output Value gt Error p gt Output Value Filter A B Offset Display units follow Source A plus relative Source B K K o P Qs ey Sop poyyy ddd Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A gt Source Error A Source Function B gt Source Instance B Source Zone B gt Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C gt Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D gt Source Error D Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D NEM Math Maximum Output Value Error p gt Output Value Filter Maximum Value A B C D Offset Display units follows Source with maximum value Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 132 Chapter 6 Features c Cx ON m LLL Source Function A Source Instance A Source Value A Source Zone A Source Error A Math Square Root Output Value Error LLL v Outp
59. Detect Devia tion 63 Open Loop Detect Enable Open Loop Detect Time 63 Logic Menu 46 79 Limit Menu 40 Linearization 51 Linearization Menu 43 71 Security Setting Menu 97 Locked Access Level 97 Lock Operations Page 96 7 109 Lock Profiling Page 97 98 09 Control Loop Menu 60 Milliamps 66 Manual Power 63 Math Menu 47 88 Modbus Word Order 94 Monitor Menu 40 Electrical Measurement 99 02 Non volatile Save 94 Calibration Offset 68 Output Control 58 66 PV Offset 39 Output High Power Scale 8 66 Output Low Power Scale 8 66 Open Loop Set Point 42 65 Output Time Base 58 66 Output Menu 65 Output Type 66 Parity 94 Administrator Password 98 Password Enable 97 Password 98 User Password 98 Peltier Delay 62 Process Error Enable 52 Process Error Low 52 Part Number 98 hu Pressure Units 50 56 PR Process Value Active 40 cE o Remote Enable 40 62 r Eu Software Revision 98 c h_ Range High 51 68 103 cL o Range Low 51 68 103 Read Lockout Security 97 09 Rolling Password 97 Ramp Action 64 108 Ramp Rate 64 108 Ramp Scale 64 108 RTD Leads 51 Software Build 98 Sensor Type 51 103 Source Function A 68 Scale High 51 67 103 Scale Low 51 67 103 Set Lockout Security 97 09 110 Serial Number 98 Source Value A 38 Source Value B 38 39 User Tune Aggressiveness o m D oro 2020 m o DD Qt rc D n n S p 3 D 3 rr
60. EZ ZONE RMH Module 126 s Chapter 6 Features Function Error Handling Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D Source Function E Source Instance E Source Zone E Source Error E Source Function F Source Instance F Source Zone F Source Error F Source Function G Source Instance G Source Zone G Source Error G Source Function H Source Instance H Source Zone H Source Error H Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D Source Value E Source Value F Source Value G Source Value H Logic Output Value Error yryyd dd t gt A B C D E F G H ON Function Error Handling Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D Source Function E Source Instance E Source Zone E Source Error E Source Function F Source Instance F Source Zone F Source Error F Source Function G Source Instance G Source Zone G Source Error G Source Function H Source Instance H Source Zone H Source Error H Source Value A
61. F PTID RTD 100 ohm RTD 1000 ohm 800 DegC 800 DegC lt c e B Volts mAdc e Volts bo e mAac mAmps Resistance 5K range 5000 Ohms 1200 Ohms oO Kel e Resistance 10K range 19099 12V de Resistance Open Collector 20000 Switched voltage max 32V dc Max switched current per output 1 5A Pras 40000 Max switched current for all 6 outputs combined 8A range Process Retransmit Outputs Range Selectable P 40000 e 0 to 10V dc into a min 4KQ load range 0 to 20mA into max 4000 load ohms Resolution Potentiometer 1K range Max Error 25 Deg C dc ranges 0 2mV nominal mA ranges 0 4pA nominal Thermistor Input Calibration Accuracy de ranges 15 mV mA ranges 30 pA Temperature Stability 100 ppm FSR C Quad Solid State Relays e 2A at 20 to 264V ac maximum resistive load 50 VA 120 240V ac pilot duty Programmable Application Blocks Actions events 24 total Alarms 24 total Accuracy Accuracy Range Range Low High Thermis tor 5K range Thermis tor 10K range Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 151 Appendix Control Loops 16 total Compare 24 total Off greater than less than equal not equal greater than or equal less than or equal Counters 24 total Counts up or down loads predetermined value on load signal Output is active when count value equals predetermined target value Logic 24 total Off and nand or
62. Function Instance 1 to 250 5 8 Output Source Zone 0 to 16 o C E Output Control Fixed Time Base Variable Time Base o E b Output Time Base 0 1 to 60 0 seconds o L o Output Low Power Scale 0 to 100 oh _ Output High Power Scale 0 to 100 96 ou Output Value On Off Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 6 Features Output Function gt Output Function Instance Output Source Zone Output Source Error Output Off Output Value Error gt Output Function gt Output Function Instance Output Source Zone Output Source Error Output Digital Output Value gt Error gt Alarm Function This function s output changes state when Alarm Source exceeds Alarm Set Point An error when read can indicate any of the following None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error Fail Not Sourced Silenced No Yes Alarm Latched No Yes Alarm Clearable No Yes Alarm Working Process Value 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Alarm Working Set Point 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 lt 1 Uy Lay On Ua X 2 0 St poo yyy yyy dy yd Alarm Source Alarm Source Instance Alarm Source Zone Alarm Source Error Alarm State p gt Alarm Latched p gt Alarm Silenced p gt Alarm Clearable gt Alarm Working Process Value gt Control Loop Alarm Working Set Point p gt Alarm Error gt Overview
63. Instances 24 per RMH Output Value gt RL P49 Alarm Menu SEE Setup Page RL J Alarm Type Off Deviation Process 5 c R Alarm Source Analog Input Current Power Linearization Math Process Value Variable 5S R Alarm Source Instance 1 to 250 BZH LH Alarm Source Zone 0 to 16 tL oo P Control Loop 1 to 16 Ah 9 Alarm Hysteresis 0 001 to 9 999 000 Alarm Logic Close on Alarm Open on Alarm AS d Alarm Sides Both High Low LL o Alarm Low Set Point 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Lb Alarm High Set Point 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 At 8 Alarm Latching Non Latching Latching AbL Alarm Blocking Off Startup Set Point Both R5 Alarm Silencing Off On RgSP Alarm Display Off On RgL Alarm Delay Time 0 to 9 999 seconds RCL c Alarm Clear Request Ignore Clear Alarm Silence Request Ignore Silence R 5 E Alarm State Startup None Blocked Alarm Low Alarm High Error ALF Alarm Menu o PE r Operation Page Alarm Low Set Point 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Alarm High Set Point 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Alarm Clear Request Ignore Clear Alarm Silence Request Ignore Silence Alarm State Startup None Blocked Alarm Low Alarm High Error The alarm function causes outputs to change state when Alarm Source exceeds alarm set points K Mc 4 Qe poy yee yy ide Alarm Source Alarm Source Instance Alarm State gt Ala
64. Logic 239 EP 9 Timer 244 ufl Variable 245 S Process Value 1 to 16 1 to 250 1 8238 Ox7E T 26010 uint Si E Source Instance E offset 70 126 RWES Set the instance of the 1to 16 function selected above 0x0A 10 S2E Process Value 1 to 16 0 to 16 0 8248 Ox 7E 26015 uint SZE Source Zone E offset 70 126 RWES Set the zone of the function 1to 16 selected above OxOF 15 Process Value 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 units 100 0 8266 0x7E 26024 float SZ E Cross Over Point or F offset 70 126 RWES Enter a value where the 1 128 333 to 5 537 223 C 1 to 16 Output Value switches 0x18 24 from Source A to Source B value This applies only when the Process function is set to Cross Over Cb Process Value 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 units 10 0 8268 Ox7E 26025 float SZE Cross Over Band or F offset 70 126 RWES Enter a band centered 1 128 333 to 5 537 223 C 1to 16 about the Cross Over 0x19 25 Point where Output Value switches from Source A to Source B Value This ap plies only when the Process function is set to Cross Over Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces F qui Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlo
65. Off 62 Off 6580 0x7D 103 25021 uint Fn Function Au 9 Average 1367 offset 70 125 RWES Set the operator that will CPSC 1 to 24 be Bahe to the sources e UP E 0x15 21 1372 S o Switch Over 1370 d EE Differential 1373 rc RE Ratio 1374 Add Add 1375 PAUL Multiply 1376 Aid F Absolute Difference 1377 nau ii Minimum 1378 DBH Maximum 1379 c oot Square Root 1380 hoL d Sample and Hold 1381 AL E Pressure to Altitude 1349 dEL J Dewpoint 1650 Math 1 to 24 non None 61 None 6540 0x7D 25001 uint SFn A Source Function A A Analog Input 142 offset 70 125 RWES Set the type of function Cu Current 22 1to 24 that will be used for this 1 C P Cool Power Control SOUR Loop 161 bP c Heat Power Control Loop 160 PL Jc Power Control Loop 73 Lor Linearization 238 PARE Math 240 Pu Process Value 241 BBL Set Point Closed Control Loop 242 S Po Set Point Open Con trol Loop 243 u Hx Variable 245 CSA Math 1 to 24 1 to 250 1 6550 0x7D etis 25006 uint S A Source Instance A offset 70 125 RWES Set the instance of the 1to 24 function selected above 6 Math 1 to 24 0 to 16 0 6560 0x7D ery 25011 uint SZA Source Zone A offset 70 125 RWES Set the zone of the function 1to 24 selected above OxB 11 Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces
66. Page Lockout Menu There are five parameters in the Lockout Menu Fac Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 108 lt Chapter 6 Features tory Page Lock Operations Page sets the security level for the Operations Page default 2 Note The Home and Setup Page lockout levels are fixed and cannot be changed Lock Profiling Page sets the security level for the Profiling Page default 3 e Password Security Enable P A 5 E will turn on or off the Password security feature default off Read Lockout Security determines which pages can be accessed The user can access the se lected level and all lower levels default 5 s Set Lockout Security determines which pa rameters within accessible pages can be written to The user can write to the selected level and all lower levels default 5 The table below represents the various levels of lock out for the Set Lockout Security prompt and the Read Lockout Security prompt The Set Lockout has 6 levels 0 5 of security where the Read Lockout has 5 1 5 Therefore level 0 applies to Set Lockout only Y equates to yes can write read where N equates to no cannot write read The colored cells simply differentiate one level from the next Lockout Security 5L oC eL aL Lockout Level 0 1 Home Page 0 Y Y Y Y Y IY Operations Page 2 N N YIX IY Setup
67. Page 4 NINININ H Y Factory Page Custom Menu 5 NINININ N Diagnostic Menu 2 N YJ Y YY Y Calibration Menu 5 N N NN N N Lockout Menu L oC 0 NIYIYIYI IYI Y LoC P NEN Y Y Y Y PRSE NIYIYIYI IYI Y clol Y Y Y YYX Y BL aL YY IY NYY Y The following examples show how the Lockout Menu parameters may be used in applications 1 Youcan lock out access to the Operations Page but allow an operator access to the Profile Menu by changing the default Profile Page and Opera tions Page security levels Change Lock Opera tions Page to 3 and Lock Profiling Page to 2 If Set Lockout Security is set to 2 or higher and the Read Lockout Security is set to 2 the Profiling Page and Home Pages can be accessed and all writable param eters can be written to Pages with security levels greater than 2 will be locked out inaccessible 2 IfSet Lockout Security is set to 0 and Read Lockout Security is set to 5 all pages will be accessible however changes will not be allowed on any pages or menus with one exception Set Lockout Security can be changed to a higher level 3 The operator wants to read all the menus and not allow any parameters to be changed In the Factory Page Lockout Menu set Read Lockout Security to 5 and Set Lockout Security to 0 4 The operator wants to read and write to the Home Page and Profiling Page and lock all other pages and menus In the Factory Page Lockout Menu set Read Lockout Security to 2 and Set Lockou
68. Sets Output Value ON and A negative to positive transistion on input B Resets Output Value OFF Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module Chapter 6 Features Function Error Handling SEE Setup Page PRE Math Menu Eal Function Off Average Process Scale Deviation Scale Switch Over Differential gt gt gt Source Instance A 1 to 250 gt Source Zone A 0 to 16 gt b Source Function B None Analog Input Current Cool Power Heat Power gt 3 ower Linearization Math Process Value Closed Loop Set Point Open Loop Set Variable gt Source Instance B 1 to 250 Source Zone B 0 to 16 gt Source Function C None Analog Input Current Cool Power Heat Power gt Source Instance C 1 to 250 Logic Source Zone C 0 to 16 gt off Source Instance D 1 to 250 Source Zone D 0 to 16 gt gt Source Instance E 1 to 250 Source Zone E 0 to 16 gt Scale Low 1 999 0 to 9 999 0 Scale High 1 999 0 to 9 999 0 Range Low 1 999 0 to 9 999 0 RN Range High 1 999 0 to 9 999 0 Pressure Units PSI Torr mBar Atmosphere Pascal Output Value gt Altitude Units Feet Kilofeet Error gt Filter 0 0 to 60 0 seconds gt Output Value Off oPE c Operation Page PRE Math Menu S R Source Value A Su b Source Value B Su C Source Value C 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 1 999 000 to 9 999
69. a network Modbus RTU communications is an option Other communications protocols are also available e g EtherNet IP DeviceNet Modbus TCP and Profibus DP when used in conjunction with an RMA module or when using a Remote User Interface Gateway RUI GTW Standard Features and Benefits PID controller e Provides two mounting options DIN rail chassis mount e Reduces wiring time and termination complexity compared to connecting discrete products Reduces panel space and installation cost Communication Capabilities e Supports network connectivity to a PC or PLC e Watlow Standard Bus or Modbus RTU Provides plug and play capabilities with basic Re mote User Interface RUI s e SpecView for Watlow used over standard bus com munications Free standard bus communications port and free PC software EZ ZONE Configurator Additional Control Integration Options ncludes programmable timer functions ncludes programmable counter functions Allows for simple math and logic programming op tions Advanced PID Control Algorithm e Offers TRU TUNE adaptive control to provide tighter control for demanding applications Provides auto tune for fast efficient startup Integrated Thermal Loop Diagnostics Users can easily tell that the entire thermal sys tem is functioning properly Provides complete system diagnostics that are far superior to simple discrete level diagnostics Allows for flexible syn
70. alarms to off silencing alarms and enabling remote set point Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module Chapter 1 Overview A Conceptual View of RM Hardware Configurations Due to the scalability and flexibility in the RM sys tem a user has several options available in the way that the hardware can be connected Listed below are a few examples RMH Connected to a Remote User Interface RUI and a Personal Computer PC In this configuration the RUI and PC are connected to the RMH module via Watlow s Standard Bus where both will be able to talk directly to the RMH module RMH Controller Slot C Power j E PC Running Supply EZ ZONE Configurator RUI In the graphic above the PC running EZ ZONE Con figurator software and or the RUI can be used to configure and then monitor the RMH and other mod ules connected to it RMH Module Connected to a Programmable Logic Controller PLC on a DIN Rail In this configuration the PLC can be connected to the RMH module using the Modbus RTU protocol RMH Controller Slot C Power PC Running Supply EZ ZONE Configurator PLC In this example the RMH module and the PLC must be equipped with the Modbus RTU protocol Note If it is intended to use an RUI or a PC using EZ ZONE Configurator software it will be necessary to switch the protocol on the RMH to Watlow s Stan dard Bus to s
71. controller To have any effect outside of the controller an output must be configured to respond to a function Outputs Outputs can perform various functions or actions in response to information provided by a function such as removal of the control voltage to a contactor turn ing a light on or off unlocking a door or turning on an audible alarm Assign an output to a function in the Output Menu or Digital Input Output Menu Then select which instance of that function will drive the select ed output For example in using a RMH module an output can be configured to respond to the output of the PID algorithm to drive a heater You can assign more than one output to respond to a single instance of a function For example alarm 2 could be used to trigger a light connected to output 1 and a siren connected to digital output 5 Input Events and Output Events Input events are internal states that are set by the digital inputs Digital Input 1 provides the state of input event 1 and Digital Input 2 provides the state of input event 2 The setting of Digital Input func tion Setup Page Digital Input Output Menu does not change the relationship between the input and the event An input will still control the input event state even if Digital Input Function is set to None Actions Based on a given input Digital I O Event output Logic function etc the Action function can cause other functions to occur To name a few set
72. devices on the network and that progress is being made Scan Network for EZ ZONE device When the EZ ZONE device that you want to configure appears in the list select it and click Next Available EZ ZONE Devices When complete the software will display all of the available devices found on the network as shown be low Scan Network for EZ ZONE device Ti When the EZ ZONE device that you want to configure appears in the list select it and click Next Available EZ ZONE Devices Pot Address Device Name Model Number Serial Number Lor EE E E TE 12 EZ ZONERM RMLA 555B Repeat Scan cea ore e In the previous screen shot the RMH is shown high Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 112 lt Chapter 6 Features lighted address 6 to bring greater clarity to the con trol in focus Any EZ ZONE device on the network will appear in this window and would be available for the purpose of configuration or monitoring After clicking on the control of choice simply click the next button once again After clicking on Setup and then Analog Input 1 the next screen appears below amp Watlow EZ ZONE CONFIGURATOR Edit Device Settings On Line Configuring to that parameter will appear in the center column The grayed out fields in the center column simply mean that this parameter does not apply for the type of sensor selected As an example notice that when RTD is selected TC Linearization does not apply and is the
73. error occurred the controller will remain in open loop control The Manual Control Indicator Light is on when the controller is operating in manual mode You can easily switch between modes if the Con trol Mode parameter is selected to appear in the Home Page To transfer to manual mode from auto mode press the Advance Key until appears in the lower display The upper display will display for auto mode Use the Up O or Down Q keys to select PR al The manual set point value will be recalled from the last manual operation To transfer to auto mode from manual mode press the Advance Key until appears in the lower display The upper display will display for manual mode Use the Up O or Down Q keys to select AUE o The automatic set point value will be recalled from the last automatic operation Changes take effect after three seconds or imme diately upon pressing either the Advance Key or the Infinity Key On Off Control Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 104 Chapter 6 Features On off control switches the output either full on or full off depending on the input set point and hys teresis values The hysteresis value indicates the amount the process value must deviate from the set point to turn on the output Increasing the value de creases the number of times the output will cycle Decreasing hysteresis improves controllability With hysteresis set to 0 the process value would stay clos er to th
74. for the heat outputs Control Loop 1 to 16 Heat Hysteresis Set the control switching hysteresis for on off con trol This determines how far into the on region the process value needs to move before the output turns on Control Loop 1 to 16 Cool Proportional Band Set the PID proportional band for the cool outputs Control Loop 1 to 16 Cool Hysteresis Set the control switching hysteresis for on off con trol This determines how far into the on region the process value needs to move before the output turns on Control Loop 1 to 16 Time Integral Set the PID integral for the outputs Control Loop 1 to 16 Time Derivative Set the PID derivative time for the outputs Control Loop 1 to 16 Dead Band Set the offset to the proportional band With a negative value both heating and cooling out puts are active when the process value is near the set point A positive value keeps heating and cooling outputs from fighting each other Low Set Point to High Set Point Setup Page Low Set Point to High Set Point Setup Page 0 001 to 9 999 000 F or units 0 001 to 5 555 000 C 0 001 to 9 999 000 F or units 0 001 to 5 555 000 C 0 001 to 9 999 000 F or units 0 001 to 5 555 000 C 0 001 to 9 999 000 F or units 0 001 to 5 555 000 C 0 to 9 999 seconds per repeat 0 to 9 999 seconds 1 000 0 to 1 000 0 F or units 555 556 to 555 556 C e Operations Page Modbus Relat
75. i EE 1 5A external class 2 or i D E SELV supply required i Z Internal Supply Total sink current for all outputs not to exceed 8A Do not connect outputs in LL E parallel Slot DDO 1 6 RMHx xx C x xxxx Slot D DO 7 12 RMHx xxx O xxxx Safety Extra Low Voltage Switched DC Wiring Example Using DO 1 12 Collector Outputs Q o 3 3 o 5 Htr 1 Htr2 Htr 3 ET A EI LIE E EB E EG E Internal Supply Internal Circuitry Note As a switched DC output this output is a constant current output deliver ing 750 mW current limited to 400 mA The internal supply does have a maximum open circuit voltage of 22 VDC and minimum open circuit volt age of 19 VDC Pin Z is shared to all digital outputs This type of output is meant to drive solid state relays not mechanical relays Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 27 Chapter 2 Install and Wire RUE Use National Electric NEC or other country specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or pe ripheral devices Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property and or injury or loss of life Note Maximum wire size termination and torque rating e 0 0507 to 3 30 mm 30 to 12 AWG
76. m Source Function B Was ns Source Instance B m gt I Source Zone B gt Source Error B md ssl p Process Value Process Value si Vaisala RH Tm Pressure to EN Compensation m Altitude gt gt Output Value gt gt Output Value gt Error Error p gt gt gt Output Value Filter Convert Source A in Pressure to Output Value Filter Calculated RH compensated Altitude Offset for temperature Offset Note Source A is RH measured value from an Note Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the uncompensated Vaisala RH Sensor Source B is International Standard Atmosphere 1976 Source A is a temperature of the RH sensor in degr SEB F The result pressure signal and needs to be in PSI units for the Ba corrected RH measured value This calculation calculation The calculation is accurate from sea level to is effective over the temperature range of 75F to 90 000 feet The standard is based on an altitude of 0 feet 350F sea level pressure of 14 6967 PSI and a temperature of 59 degrees F Result of calculation is in feet Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 120 Chapter 6 Features Linearization Function An error when read can indicate any of the following None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error RTD Error Fail Math Error Not Sourced Stale o Z Oy AH Z Uy Z Uy Z ly Z O O Z Os J amp r ho ly Roy oy ay r ry lo COLON Oy oy lo tay bo
77. oF F Off Rolling Password on On When power is cycled a new Public Key will be displayed Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with another interface If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 96 lt Chapter 5 Factory Page RM High Density Module s Factory Page CIP Modbus Class Relative Instance Address Attribute hex dec Data Profibus Parameter Type Index ID amp Read Displa Parameter Name Range po Description 9 Security Setting 10 to 999 63 PAS u User Password Used to acquire access to menus made available through the Locked Access Level set ting Security Setting 10 to 999 156 Administrator Password Used to acquire full access to all menus Security Setting Customer Specific CodE Public Key If Rolling Password turned on generates a random number when power is cycled If Roll ing Password is off fixed num ber will be displayed PASS Security Setting PASS Password Number returned from calcu lation found in Features sec tion under Password Security d A9 L Diagnostics Menu Diagnostics Menu 1009 string Part Number R Display this controller s part number Diagnostics Menu EZ ZONE RM 0x65 1011 string Device Name 101 R Read the device name 1 OxOB 11 Diagnostics Menu OK 138 0x65 1016 uint Device Status Fail 32 101 R Return hardwa
78. of the current set point Control Loop 1 to 16 Undc Under damped 99 Critical 4136 0x97 15D 8024 uint t Agr Autotune Aggressiveness Critical damped 21 offset 70 1 to 16 RWES Select the aggressiveness Over damped 69 0x13 19 of the autotuning calcula tions Control Loop 1 to 16 0 0 to 5 0 seconds 0 0 4154 0x97 151 8051 float P dL Peltier Delay offset 70 1to 16 RWES Set a value that will cause 0x1C 28 a delay when switching from heat mode to cool mode Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces S Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 61 e Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class 3 Type Display i ape d Range Default Relative Instance jus geas amp ld Address Attribute boss Read hex dec Write Control Loop 1 to 16 No 59 No 5260 0x6B 38 7021 uint rEn Remote Enable YES Yes 106 loffset 80 107 RWES Enable this loop to switch 1 to 16 control to the remote set 0x15 21 point SF b Control Loop 1 to 16 non None 61 None 5264 0x6B
79. on Copy Settings where a copy from to copy to dialog box will appear allowing for quick duplication of all settings Notice too that by clicking on any of those items in the center column that context sensitive help will ap pear for that particular item in the right hand col umn Lastly when the configuration is complete click the Finish button at the bottom right of the previous screen shot The screen that follows this action can be seen below Watlow EZ ZONE CONFIGURATOR E If you save these settings in a file on this computer you can load the file in to a device or edit the file again later Finish Configuring a Device On Line Choose one of the following options F Print Configuration i 3 C Save the configuration in a file and exit C Save the configuration in a file and start over Exit and do not save the changes in a file se os Cia Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 113 Chapter 6 Features Although the RMH control now contains the configu ration because the previous discussion focused on doing the configuration on line it is suggested that after the configuration process is completed that the user save this file on the PC for future use If for some reason someone inadvertently changed a set ting without understanding the impact it would be easy and perhaps faster to download a saved configu ration back to the control versus trying to figure out what was changed Of co
80. or no arc power 20 0 sec 3 control mech relay no arc Output Digital 1 to 12 0 0 to 100 0 0 0 1836 0x6A 77 6009 float o Lo Low Power Scale loffset 30 106 RWES The power output will nev 1 to 12 er be less than the value 9 specified and will represent the value at which output scaling begins Output Digital 1 to 12 0 0 to 100 0 100 0 1838 0x6A 78 6010 float o hi High Power Scale offset 30 106 RWES The power output will 1to 12 never be greater than the OxA 10 value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling stops Output Process 1 to 3 7 Volts 104 Volts 16540 0x76 118 18001 unt oty to9 Milliamps 112 offset 60 1 3 7 9 RWES Type 1 Select whether the process output will operate in volts or milliamps Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display nie Full values can be read with other interfaces S quim User Note above If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and Set Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 66 Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class r Type Display a Range Default Relative Instance ecaa arci d amp E Address Attr
81. put 4 1535 E Pl Timer 244 uic Variable 245 Logic 1 to 24 1 to 250 1 9370 Ox7F 2 27016 uint Si h Source Instance H offset 80 1to24 RWES Set the instance of the 0x10 16 function selected above Logic 1 to 24 0 to 16 0 9386 Ox7F 127 27024 uint SZh Source Zone H offset 80 1to24 RWES Set the zone of the function 0x18 24 selected above C Erh Logic 1 to 24 amp J True Good 1476 False Bad 9408 Ox7F 127 27035 uint Er h Error Handling C Eb True Bad 1477 offset 80 1to24 RWES Select output Med S er False Good 1478 0x23 35 ror output state when logic Be he processed i ER False Bad 1479 Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces 5 irn Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 87 Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class 3 Type Display RE Range Default Relative Instance gts joe p EXS Address Attribute boss Read hex dec Write Math Menu Fn Math 1 to 24 oFF
82. single wire termination or two 1 31 mm 16 AWG e 0 8 Nm 7 0 in Ib torque Note Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently depending on the model number Note To prevent damage to the controller do not connect wires to unused ter minals Note Maintain electrical isolation between digital input outputs switched dc open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops Warning Explosion Hazard Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I DIVISION 2 en fh Explosion Hazard Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable sub stances Open Collector Wiring Example Using DO 1 12 Power Supply 5 to 32 VDC Collector Outputs m Common b ka Fuse ENG VA An example fuse is Bussmann AGC 1 1 2 4 i t E Relay 2 A p DJ pJ Internal Supply P Internal Circuitry As an open collector output see graphic below use an external power sup ply with the negative wired to B the positive to the coil of a pilot mechani cal relay and the other side of the coil wired to the output of choice D Each open collector output can sink 1 5 A with the total for all open collector outputs not exceeding 8 amperes Ensure that a kickback diode is reversed wired across the relay coil to
83. system unstable Integral is cleared when the process value is outside of the proportional band Adjust the integral with Time Integral Operations Page Loop Menu Proportional plus Integral plus Derivative PID Control Use derivative rate control to minimize the over shoot in a PI controlled system Derivative rate ad justs the output based on the rate of change in the temperature or process value Too much derivative rate will make the system sluggish Derivative action is active only when the process value is within twice the proportional value from the set point Adjust the derivative with Time Derivative Operations Page Loop Menu Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 105 Chapter 6 Features Reduced Overshoot Set Point Proportional Band Proportional Band x 2 Heating Slows Temperature Time Dead Band In a PID application the dead bands above and below the set point can save an application s energy and wear by maintaining process temperature within ac ceptable ranges Proportional action ceases when the process value is within the dead band Integral action continues to bring the process temperature to the set point Using a positive dead band value keeps the two systems from fighting each other 4 Cool tabo Set Point aben Active Temperature Positive Dead Band gt Time When the dead band value is zero the heat ing output activa
84. teer e Rn 46 Logie NISHI es deua PESE RE beta aree d bd rdc ds 46 Math Merz 252 oin te RRPERRFERE DT ORARP PRI ERES 4 47 Chapter 4 Setup Pages 0 e e eee eee eee 49 Analog Input Menu liiis 51 Digital Input Output Menu rici 0 5 a 0 Kd R A dG X eee 56 ACTION Men cu err REED EE ROBES rE E 58 Gontrol Loop Mr a aar d ok emen s swan scere Ret 2 59 Output Menu sesei si aisr deuie RR HM n 65 Alarm Me nui zi ieneee mma e ned minesi ei abd s 68 Linearization Mem uso rm RE Ta eKA d 0 6 E 4 71 Compare Menu IH Hn 73 Timer MEn 2 Er XE Ea TREE TURF Rue Ries 75 Counter Men 2 cea ctr e dt es ge bae doe as 77 Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module s 1 Table of Contents Table of Contents cont LOGIE Mil reet tee br PR E e bb ooo dO eb tob dos 79 Math MON ction cise hun mr roe sae Ema hind a rar ea Rte Rc ear BRE 88 Variable Met sasis aiii raati mm RE deed RR K Kd 92 Global M nl s s rrr RR RR UR RR RIDERE XR EF 92 Communications Menu R 9 R Z d a NE eese 93 Chapter 5 Factory PageS 0c c cece eee eee 94 Custom Setup Ment iiis sisse m e e eee een 95 Security Setting Menu 0 0 cc ccc cece n 96 Security Setting Mn cc cece ees 97 Diagnostics Menu 0 0 eee teen eens 97 Calibration MENU i i sir cete Rb Red ates 98 Chapter 6 Features llli 99 Saving and Restoring User Settings 0 0 cc ee eee 101 hcc E E I E T E E E E T TTT 101 IP ITI EP mn E E E E E R 103 Control M th
85. the DVD is not available one can be acquired by contacting Watlow Customer Service at 1 507 454 5300 As an alternative to the DVD all of the user documentation described above can also be found on the Wat low website Click on the following link to find your document of choice http www watlow com literature index cfm Once there simply type in the desired part number or name into the search box and download free copies Printed versions of all user documents can also be purchased here as well Your Comments are Appreciated In an effort to continually improve our technical literature and ensure that we are providing information that is useful to you we would very much appreciate your comments and suggestions Please send any comments you may have to the following e mail address TechlitComments watlow com Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 3 Chapter 1 Overview Introduction The EZ ZONE RM High Density RMH control module provides multi loop 4 to 16 loops PID control in a small footprint The RMH takes the pain out of solving your thermal loop requirements as a stand alone module or in applications that require distrib uted control It just got a whole lot easier to solve the thermal requirements of your system The RMH module is provided in a space saving rail mount package and is highly scalable where you only pay for what you need For those applications that require the abil ity to configure monitor the control over
86. to 16 No 59 No 4142 0x97 151 64 8039 j uint L dE Open Loop Detect En Yes 106 offset 70 1to16 RWES able 0x16 22 Turn on the open loop detect feature to monitor a closed loop operation for the appropriate response Lt Control Loop 1 to 16 0 to 3 600 seconds 240 4144 0x97 151 65 8040 uint L dt Open Loop Detect Time offset 70 1 to 16 RWES The Open Loop Detect De 0x17 23 viation value must occur for this time period to trig ger an open loop error Control Loop 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 10 0 F or 4146 0x97 151 66 8041 float L dd Open Loop Detect Devia units units offset 70 1 to 16 RWES tion 1 110 555 to 5 555 000 C 6 0 C 0x18 24 The value entered repre sents the Process Value de viation that must occur to trigger an open loop error cB Control Loop 1 to 16 Off 62 Off 5246 0x6B 7014 uint rP Ramp Action 5 r Startup 88 offset 80 107 RWES Select when the controller s Set Point Change 1to 16 set point will ramp to the 1647 OxE 14 defined end set point Both 13 e 5C Control Loop 1 to 16 hoUr Hours 39 Minutes 5248 0x6B 7015 uint r SC Ramp Scale Minutes 57 offset 80 107 RWES Select the scale of the ramp 1 to 16 rate OxF 15 Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces S ey Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no s
87. to Source B nE Not Equal To 1438 Rak Greater or Equal 1439 LoE Less or Equal 1440 Compare 1 to 24 0 to 9 999 000 0 1 11280 0x80 128 172 28011 float toL Tolerance offset 40 1 to 24 RWES If the difference between OxB 11 Source A and Source B is less than this value the two will appear to be equal Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces Z hoe Note If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class 3 Type Display a r Range Default Relative Instance jas je Y E Address Attribute bows Read hex dec Write SFaR Compare 1 to 24 nonE None 61 None 11260 0x80 128 28001 uint SFn A Source Function A A Analog Input 142 offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set the type of function Ue rc Current 22 1 that will be used for this C P Cool Power Control Source Loop 161 KP Heat Power Control Loop 160 PU dr Power Control Loop 73 Lor Linearization 238 PRAE Math 240
88. uint RWES Logic 1 to 24 Source Zone D selected above Set the zone of the function 0 to 16 9378 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 0x14 20 27020 uint RWES Note Note above Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module e Setup Page Display Parameter Name Description Range Modbus Relative Address Default CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Profibus Index Parameter ID Data Type Read Write BE aE SFn E Logic 1 to 24 Source Function E Set the type of function that will be used for this Source None 61 RL P1 Alarm 6 Compare 230 Counter 231 Digital I O 1142 Limit 126 Logic 239 put 1 1532 put 2 1533 put 3 1534 put 4 1535 Timer 244 Variable 245 Profile Event Out A En t b Profile Event Out B En E C Profile Event Out C En t d Profile Event Out D En EE Profile Event Out E Profile Event Out F En t 9 Profile Eve
89. values can be read with other interfaces S me Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module s 68 lt Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class F Type Display E Range Default Relative Instance peta aiiud amp E Address Attribute aoe Read hex dec Write ARY Alarm 1 to 24 0 001 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 0 F or 2664 0x6D 24 9003 float A hy Hysteresis 0 001 to 5 555 000 C units offset 60 109 RWES Set the hysteresis for an 1 0 C 1 to24 alarm This determines 3 how far into the safe region the process value needs to move before the alarm can be cleared ALY Alarm 1 to 24 ALC Close On Alarm 17 Close On 2668 0x6D 25 9005 uint A Lg Logic Open On Alarm 66 Alarm offset 60 109 RWES Select what the output 1to 24 condition will be during the 5 alarm state Alarm 1 to 24 Both 13 Both 2666 0x6D 26 9004 uint A Sd Sides h 9h High 37 offset 60 109 RWES Select which side or sides Low 53 1to 24 will trigger this alarm 4 BLo Alarm 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 32 0 F 2662 0x6D 18 9002 float A Lo Low Set Point units or units offset 60 109 RWES If Alarm Type Setup 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 0 0 C 1
90. xxxx Inputs 1 through 16 RTD ANAP Slot A B D E S 2 wire RTD RMH Part Digits 5 6 7 8 e platinum 100 and 1 000 Q 0 C e calibration to DIN curve 0 00385 Q Q C RTD excitation current of 0 09 mA typical Each ohm of lead resistance may affect the reading by 2 55 C for a 100 ohm platinum sensor or 0 25 C for a 1000 ohm sensor Input 1 4 top to bottom RM Hx 1 xxx xxxx Input 5 8 top to bottom RM Hx x 1 xx xxxx Input 9 12 top to bottom RM Hx xx 1 x xxxx Input 13 14 top to bottom RMHx xxx 1 xxxx AWG Ohms 1000ft 14 2 575 16 4 094 18 6 510 20 10 35 22 16 46 24 26 17 26 41 62 28 66 17 Inputs 1 through 16 Thermistor Slot A B D E S D 9 0 0 TDA D Thermistor RMH Part Digits 5 6 7 8 e gt 20 MO input impedance Input 1 4 top to bottom RMHx 2 xxx XXXX Input 5 8 top to bottom RMHx x 2 xx XXXX Input 9 12 top to bottom RMHx xx 2 x XXXX Input 13 16 top to bottom RMHx xxx 2 XXXX Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 25 s Chapter 2 Install and Wire RUE Use National Electric NEC or other country specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this cont
91. 0 3 3 2005 Voltage Fluctuations and Flicker SEMI F47 2000 Specification for Semiconductor Sag Immunity Figure R1 1 NOTE To comply with flicker requirements cycle time may need to be up to 160 seconds if load current is at 15A or the maximum source impedance needs to be lt 0 13Q Control power input of RM models comply with 61000 3 3 requirements 2006 95 EC Low Voltage Directive EN 61010 1 2010 Safety Requirements of electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use Part 1 General requirements Compliant with 2002 95 EC RoHS Directive Per 2002 96 EC W E E E Directive AR Please Recycle Properly Joe Millanes Winona Minnesota USA Name of Authorized Representative Place of Issue Director of Operations September 2013 Title of Authorized Representative Date of Issue nature of Authorized Representative Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 157 Appendix How to Reach Us Corporate Headquarters Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company 12001 Lackland Road St Louis MO 63146 Sales 1 800 WATLOW2 Manufacturing Support 1 800 4WATLOW Email info watlow com Website www watlow com From outside the USA and Canada Tel 1 314 878 4600 Fax 1 314 878 6814 Latin America Watlow de M xico S A de C V Av Fundici n No 5 Col Parques Industriales Quer taro Qro CP 76130 Mexico Tel 52 442 217 6235 Fax 52 442 217 6403 Asia and Pacific Watlow Singapore Pte Ltd 16 Ayer Rajah Cresc
92. 000 O 5u d Source Value D 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Op Op 2 Op 22 KA ues ig Bey 5 4E Source Value E Off On a u Output Value 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 oF SE Offset 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 LLL Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D Source Value E Math Overview Instances 24 per RMH TERRE The Math function block accepts multiple inputs and per forms a programmed math function to derive an output value with Filter and Offset values applied Some math op erations must be performed in the user s units Functions may combine multiple inputs Those inputs may have incompatible units from a logical point of view As a result unless otherwise indicated the presentation of the output value is the same as Source A This accommodates temperatures being multiplied divided and offset by con stants and process inputs Only inputs pointed to a source are used in the calcula tions Source Zone D a perd An error when read can indicate any of the following gt ource Mrror None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error RTD Error Fail Math Error Not Sourced Source Function E gt Source Insta
93. 0x13 19 Process Value 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 8258 0x7E 126 26020 float Source Value E or units offset 70 1 to 16 R View the value of Source E 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 0x14 20 Process Value 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 8264 0x7E 126 26023 float Offset or units offset 70 1 to 16 RWES Set an offset to be applied 1 110 000 to 5 555 000 C 0x17 23 to this function s output Process Value 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 8262 0x7E 126 26022 float Output Value or units offset 70 1to 16 R View the value of this func 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 0x16 22 tion block s output d 1o Digital Input Output Menu Digital Output 1 to 12 oF F Off 62 1832 0x6A 106 Output State On 63 offset 30 1 to 12 View the state of this out 7 put Digital Input 1 to 12 Off 62 1840 Ox6A 106 Input State On 63 offset 30 1to 12 View this event input state OxB 11 Digital Output 1 to 12 Off 62 1832 0x6A 106 Output State On 63 offset 30 1 to 12 View the state of this out 7 put Parameter Name Description Action 1 to 24 Off 62 2188 OxGE 110 Event Input Status On 63 offset 20 View this input state Function Key 1 Off 62 Function Key State On 63 View current state of func tion key 1 Function Key 2 Off 62 Function Key State On 63 View current state of func tion key 2 Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four char
94. 0x6A 106 1to 12 6 74 6006 uint RWES Output Digital 1 to 12 SZ A Source Zone A Set the instance of the function selected above Note Note above 1 to 16 Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and 1842 offset 30 0x6A 106 1to 12 0x0C 12 6012 uint RWES R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class Type Display ced Range Default Relative Instance js joies amp dl den Address Attribute Boss Read hex dec Write of E Output Digital 1 to 12 Feb Fixed Time Base 34 Fixed 1822 0x6A 75 6002 uint o Ct Control uE b Variable Time Base Time offset 30 106 RWES Set the output control type 103 Base 1to12 This parameter is only 2 used with PID control but can be set anytime otb Output Digital 1 to 12 0 1 to 60 0 seconds solid 0 1 sec 1824 0x6A 76 6003 float o tb Time Base state relay or switched dc ISSR amp offset 30 106 RWES Set the time base for fixed 5 0 to 60 0 seconds mechani sw dcl 1 to 12 time base control cal relay
95. 0x86 134 127 34020 float op 3 Output Point 3 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that willbe 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 0x14 20 mapped to input 3 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 3 0 14400 0x86 134 128 34011 float ip 4 Input Point 4 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that willbe 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C OxB 11 mapped to output 4 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 3 0 14420 0x86 134 129 34021 float op 4 Output Point 4 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that willbe 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 0x15 21 mapped to input 4 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 14 0 14402 0x86 134 130 34012 float ip 5 Input Point 5 units offset 70 1to 24 RWES Set the value that will be 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C OxC 12 mapped to output 5 oP 5 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 4 0 14422 0x86 134 131 34022 float op 5 Output Point 5 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that will be 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 0x16 22 mapped to input 5 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 5 0 14404 0x86 134 132 34013 float ip 6 Input Point 6 units offset 70 1to 24 RWES Set the value that will be 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C OxD 13 mapped to output 6 oPb Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 5 0 14424 0x86 134 133 34023 float op 6 Output Point 6 units
96. 1 Hardware ID Registers 312 amp 313 Value of Pointer 57 Registers 154 amp 155 Pointer 58 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 314 amp 315 Value of Pointer 58 Registers 156 amp 157 Pointer 59 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 316 amp 317 Value of Pointer 59 Registers 158 amp 159 Pointer 60 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 318 amp 319 Value of Pointer 60 Assembly Definition Registers Default Pointers Registers 160 amp 161 Assembly Working Registers Pointer 61 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 320 amp 321 Value of Pointer 61 Registers 162 amp 163 Pointer 62 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 322 amp 323 Value of Pointer 62 Registers 164 amp 165 Pointer 63 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 324 amp 325 Value of Pointer 63 Registers 166 amp 167 Pointer 64 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 326 amp 327 Value of Pointer 64 Registers 168 amp 169 Pointer 65 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 328 amp 329 Value of Pointer 65 Registers 170 amp 171 Pointer 66 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 330 amp 331 Value of Pointer 66 Registers 172 amp 173 Pointer 67 20 a
97. 1 3 9330 3566 Website www watlow com Watlow Malaysia Sdn Bhd 1F 17 IOI Business Park No 1 Persiaran Puchong Jaya Selatan Bandar Puchong Jaya 47100 Puchong Selangor D E Malaysia Tel 60 3 8076 8745 Fax 60 3 8076 7186 Email viee watlow com Website www watlow com Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company Shanghai Co Ltd Room 501 Building 10 KIC Plaza 290 Songhu Road Yangpu District Shanghai China 200433 China Phone Local 4006 Watlow 4006 928569 International 86 21 3381 0188 Fax 86 21 6106 1423 Email info watlow cn Website www watlow cn TKO VrNV RASH 7101 0047 S SART tA RA EH T 14 4 VUE 7 LSU SR OPE Tel 03 3518 6630 Fax 03 3518 6632 Email infoj watlow com Watlow Japan Ltd 1 14 4 Uchikanda Chiyoda Ku Tokyo 101 0047 Japan Tel 81 3 3518 6630 Fax 81 3 3518 6632 Website www watlow co jp TUS RE E TBN al 80143 SH Set RE 9818958 1018 2 SSR 07 2885168 48 amp 07 2885568 Watlow Electric Taiwan Corporation 10F 1 No 189 Chi Shen 2nd Road Kaohsiung 80143 Taiwan Tel 886 7 2885168 Fax 886 7 2885568 Your Authorized Watlow Distributor Email infojf watlow com Website www watlow co jp TOTAL CUSTOMER SATISFACTION K Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 158 lt Appendix
98. 1 K7 common Part Digits 7 8 Eins d L2 L8 normally open Slot D RMH _ __ J p scu K2 K8 common Slot E RMH _ ___ J L3 L9 normally open K3 K9 common L4 L10 normally open K4 K10 common Digital Outputs Slot A Slot B Slot D Slot E Configuration ie ses 1 6 7 12 Bl B7 Common Digital Outputs DO M 3 D1 D7 open collector switched de Part Digit 7 8 D2 D8 open collector switched de Slot A Option not valid D3 D9 open collector switched de Slot B Option not valid D4 D10 open collector switched dc Si p Ros C D5 D11 open collector switched de pu 7 C _ D6 D12 open collector switched dc Slot E RMH _ C ___ Z1 Z7 Internal Supply Quad 2A Solid State Relay SSR Form A Outputs Ex S 1 4 7 10 L1 L7 normally open 2A SSR Outputs eus K1 K7 common Part Digits 7 8 id ri L2 L8 normally open Slot A Option not valid D 1l e PR s e Slot B Option not valid L3 L9 normally open Slot D RMH _ ILI _ ee K3 K9 common Slot E RMH L _ L4 L10 normally open Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 2 Install and Wire High Density Module RMHx xxxx xxxx Slot A Slot B Slot D Slot E Configuration Outputs cont Tri State Process Retransmit Outputs 1 3 7 9 F1 F7 voltage or current Tri
99. 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 14392 Output Value or units offset 70 View the value of this 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C function s output Linearization 1 to 24 None 61 14434 0x86 Error Open 65 offset 70 134 Read reported cause for Shorted 127 1 to 24 linearization error Measurement Error 140 0x1C 28 Bad Cal Data 139 Ambient Error 9 RTD Error 141 Fail 32 Math Error 1423 Not Sourced 246 Stale 1617 Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values R Read can be read with other interfaces W Write If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 44 o Chapter 3 Operations Page RM High Density Module Parameter Name Display Description ra o m oPEr Compare Menu Compare 1 to 24 Source Value A View the value of Source A Compare 1 to 24 Source Value B View the value of Source B Compare 1 to 24 Output Value View the value of this function s output Compare 1 to 24 Error Read reported cause for compare error e Ss No Dis play Par PEr Timer Menu Timer 1 to 24 Value Source A View the value of Source A Timer 1 to 24 Value Source B View the value of Source B Timer 1 to 24 Elapsed Time View the value of this function s elapsed time Timer 1 to 24 Output Value View the value of this function s outpu
100. 116072 0x66 102 2007 uint Unit Units 1540 Temper offset 20 1to24 RWES Set the variable s units rEP Relative Temperature ature 7 1541 PL dre Power 73 Pro Process 75 ch Relative Humidity 1538 nonE None 61 d 19 Variable 1 to 24 oF F Off 62 Off 16062 0x66 102 153 2002 uint dig Digital on On 63 offset 20 1to24 RWES Set the variable s value 2 Variable 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 0 0 16064 0x66 102 212 2003 float AnLg Analog offset 20 1to 24 RWES Set the variable s value Note 3 Stored in F only No Dis Variable 1 to 24 Off 62 16066 0x66 102 2004 float play Output Value On 63 offset 20 1to 24 R 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 4 HL bL SEE Global Menu C_F Global F 30 oF 368 0x67 103 85 3005 pa S C_F Display Units C 15 1 Select which scale to use 5 for temperature ACLF Global 50 Hz 3 60 Hz EE 0x65 101 1034 uint AC LF AC Line Frequency 60 Hz 4 al RWES Set the frequency to the ap 0x22 34 plied ac line power source dP S Global 1 to 25 2 0x67 103 3028 uint dPrS Display Pairs 1 RWES Defines the number of 0x1C 28 display pairs at the home page of an RUI Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display E Write Full values can be read with other interfaces E PE Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module Setup P
101. 235 En t gd Profile Event Out D 236 En t Profile Event Out E 247 En E F Profile Event Out F 248 E ak 9 Profile Event Out G 249 Ent Profile Event Out H 250 FUn Function Key 1001 L P9 Limit 126 L IC Logic 239 KD Timer 244 uic Variable 245 Action 1 to 24 1to 250 1 2182 Ox6E T 10002 uint L Si A Source Instance A offset 20 110 RWES Set the instance of the 1to 24 function selected above 2 Action 1 to 24 0 to 16 0 2192 Ox6E T 10007 uint SZA Source Zone A offset 20 110 RWES Set the zone of the function 1to 24 selected above d Action 1 to 24 Low 53 High 2180 Ox6E 112 10001 uint LEv Active Level High 37 offset 20 110 RWES Set the action that will be 1to 24 considered a true state 1 Control Loop Menu Control Loop 1 to 16 f Analog Input 142 Analog 4156 0x97 15D 8050 uint SFn A Source Function A C Pu Process Value 241 Input offset 70 1to 16 RWE Set the type of function Ox1D 29 that will be used for this Source Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces e pina Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class Type Display i edad iir Range Default Relative Instance jas Bean amp P Address Attri
102. 248 Ent Profile Event Out G 249 EntA Profile Event Out H 250 E Ua Function Key 1001 L 9C Logic 239 t P Timer 244 vAr Variable 245 Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces S S Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 90 e Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class r Type Display ie Range Default Relative Instance pitas rc ud amp P Address Attribute Read hex dec Write 5 E Math 1 to 24 1to 250 T 6558 0x7D 25010 uint Si E Source Instance E offset 70 125 RWES Set the instance of the 1 to 24 function selected above OxA 10 SZE Math 1 to 24 0 to 16 0 6568 0x7D 25015 uint SZ E Source Zone E offset 70 125 RWES Set the zone of the function 1 to 24 selected above OxF 15 Math 1 to16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 0 0 6586 0x7D 104 25024 float S Lo Input Scale Low or units offset 70 125 RWES Active for Process or Devia 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 1 to 24 tion Scale of Source A only 0x18 24 Sh Math 1 to 24 1 999 000 to
103. 37 000 C e Operations Page Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces If there is only one instance of a menu no su bmenus will appear Modbus Relative Address 9392 offset 80 9394 offset 80 9396 offset 80 9398 offset 80 9400 offset 80 9402 offset 80 9406 offset 80 9410 offset 80 6570 offset 70 6572 offset 70 6574 offset 70 CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Ox7F 127 1 to 24 Ox1B 27 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 0x1C 28 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 0x1D 29 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 Ox1E 30 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 Ox1F 31 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 0x20 32 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 0x22 34 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 0x24 36 Profibus Parameter Index 0x7D 125 1 to 24 0x10 16 0x7D 125 1 to 24 0x11 17 0x7D 125 1 to 24 0x12 18 R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 3 Operations Page RM High Density Module Parameter Name Description Math 1 to 24 Source Value D View the value of Source D Math 1 to 24 Source Value E View the value of Source E Math 1 to 24 Offset Set an offset to be applied to this function s output Math 1 to 24 Output Value View the value of this function s output Math 1 to 24 Error Read reported cause for logic error
104. 64 Vac to 24Vdc 60 watts Part 0847 0300 0000 3 90 264 Vac to 24Vdc 91 watts Part 0847 0301 0000 With regards to the modular loading affect maxi mum power for each RM module is listed below 1 RMCxxxxxxxxxxxx 7 watts 14VA 2 RMEx xxxx xxxx 7 watts 14VA 3 RMAx xxxx xxxx 4 watts 9VA 4 RMLx xxxx xxxx 7 watts 14VA 5 RMHx xxxx xxxx 7 watts 14VA 6 RMSx xxxx xxxx 7 watts 14VA So in the split rail system diagram the maximum current draw on the supply would be 38 Watts 2 RMC modules consumes 14W 1 RMH module consumes 7W 1 RME modules consumes 7W 1 RMA module consumes 4W 1 Remote User Interface consumes 6W With this power requirement 38 watts the second or third power supply could be used Another hardware configuration scenario that could present itself graphic not shown would be a con figuration that requires more than one supply Lets make some assumptions pertaining to the split rail system diagram shown below The power supply used is the 91W supply The top DIN rail now has the following modules 2 RMC modules consumes 14W 1 RMA consumes 4W 11 RME modules consumes 77W 2 RMH modules consumes 14W As can now be seen the total power requirement exceeds 91W In this case another power supply would be required To incorporate another supply in this system simply disconnect pins 99 and 98 on the remote DIN rail and connect anot
105. 9 999 000 lo P 1 Output Point 7 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 PB Input Point 8 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 o BB Output Point 8 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 4 amp 8 Input Point 9 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 o E g Output Point 9 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 1B Input Point 10 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 o P 10 Output Point 10 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Lnr Linearization Menu oPE Operation Page Su A Source Value A 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 oF St Offset 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 ou Output Value 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 O O O O fo O O O amp O Lap to ay Nin ag Ney Lay Noy See Ue Se oy Peg Lag ey Lag ey oy toy amp E ur w Pa ur OSSA o UE UE E UE LUE Z DA b 6 Io Oy y Or Olin Op Ohi Din Dyin Oi o igs hin Oy loys Oy Cy lt Opi Or Hre Ring Hing Qr iy Tuy ar rg PE gM ar gM gM GU GM gM Up GE GE NE DU ge gS o Ip 45 Neg CA 33 3 y 444 3 43 3 3 4 44 3 1 1s Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Zone A gt Source Error A A r Source Value A gt Linearization Off Output Value Erro p gt O AH yee y ve iy te Cy Pee H NORD RON DN Lop iy Bn NE y y Lp lo Uy iy Lay ly Ley Cen n NE Lap iy Dy O 4 Pit gea BEE ROE p pur pur pur ur PUE KOE ROE UE e ERE RERED o Og ay liy ig Win in ling in ing Win in lig Hr in p o lp ing lig lig lin OE ay ee Gop Ug E Pet E UE at SE gt GUE GM ag UC ug ag ay Sit y gl Gl o 40 Jo Sey E44 li lio lis
106. 91 Value of Pointer 46 Registers 132 amp 133 Pointer 47 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 292 amp 293 Value of Pointer 47 Registers 134 amp 135 Pointer 48 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 294 amp 295 Value of Pointer 48 Registers 136 amp 137 Pointer 49 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 296 amp 297 Value of Pointer 49 Registers 138 amp 139 Pointer 50 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 298 amp 299 Value of Pointer 50 Registers 140 amp 141 Pointer 51 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 300 amp 301 Value of Pointer 51 Registers 142 amp 143 Pointer 52 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 302 amp 303 Value of Pointer 52 Registers 144 amp 145 Pointer 53 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 304 amp 305 Value of Pointer 53 Registers 146 amp 147 Pointer 54 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 306 amp 307 Value of Pointer 54 Registers 148 amp 149 Pointer 55 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 308 amp 309 Value of Pointer 55 Registers 150 amp 151 Pointer 56 2 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 310 amp 311 Value of Pointer 56 Registers 152 amp 153 Pointer 57 0 amp
107. AWG single wire termination or two 1 31 mm 16 AWG e 0 8 Nm 7 0 in Ib torque Note Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently depending on the model number Note To prevent damage to the controller do not connect wires to unused ter minals Note Maintain electrical isolation between digital input outputs switched dc open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops N Explosion Hazard Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I DIVISION 2 Warning A Explosion Hazard Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable sub stances Warning Suppressor Note Switching pilot duty inductive loads relay coils solenoids etc with the mechanical relay solid state relay or open collector output options requires use of an R C suppressor for AC load or a diode for a DC load Digital Outputs 1 12 RMH Part Digit 7 8 is C Slot D E Maximum switched volt Open Collector Switched p i age is 32V dc DC Outputs open collector switched dc D 71 e Internal supply provides i D open collector switched dc a constant power out D open collector switched dc put of 750mW N n open collector switched dc e Maximum output sink D open collector switched dc current per output is
108. B Offset Output Value Filter A X B 1 X Offset Where variable X Cross Over Point Cross Over Band 2 A Cross Over Band Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 117 Chapter 6 Features S e K KA t S 4t Os On Uo ey Sor Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Value A ai Source Error A Source Value B gt Source Function B t gt Source Instance B gt Source Zone B NS Source Error B Process Value gt Wet Bulb Dry Bulb gt gt Output Value gt Error p gt gt Output Value Filter Calculated Humidity Offset where Source A is the Dry Bulb and Source B is the Wet Bulb Note Wet Dry bulb temperatures are in degrees F and pressures are in PSI Output Value is relative humidity Useful temperature range is 10 to 350F amp amp Qe 2 O 2 Ce 0 K fay Sex poy yds Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Value A Source Value B gt Source Error A Source Function B gt Source Instance B Source Zone B gt Source Error B TERE Process Value Jaa Differential gt gt Output Value gt Error gt gt Output Value Filter A B Offset Display units follows Source A plus relative Source B i V 3 O o Bey LLL RL Source Function A Source Instance A Source Error A Source Function B Source In
109. Calibration Offset 38 52 68 102 103 chattering output 106 CIP Common Industrial Protocol 34 Clear Request 70 Closed Loop Set Point 41 64 Closed Loop Working Set Point 40 Communications Menu 94 Setup Page 36 49 Compare Function 140 Compare Menu 44 73 connecting and wiring the modules 33 Control 58 66 Control Function 125 Control Loop Menu 60 control methods 105 Control Mode 40 65 105 Control Mode Active 40 Control Module Menus Factory Page Custom Setup Menu 96 Diagnostics Menu 98 99 Security Setting Menu 97 98 Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Operations Page Action Menu 39 Alarm Menu 42 Analog Input Menu 38 Compare Menu 44 Counter Menu 45 Digital Input Output Menu 39 Linearization Menu 43 Logic Menu 46 Loop Menu 40 Math Menu 47 Monitor Menu 40 Process Value Menu 38 Timer Menu 45 Setup Page Action Menu 58 Alarm Menu 68 Analog Input Menu 51 Communications Menu 94 Compare Menu 73 Control Loop Menu 60 Counter Menu 77 Digital Input Output Menu 56 Global Menu 93 Linearization Menu 71 Logic Menu 79 Math Menu 88 Output Menu 65 Timer Menu 75 Variable Menu 92 Cool Algorithm 60 106 Cool Hysteresis 41 61 106 cool output curve 104 Cool Output Curve 60 104 Cool Power 40 Cool Proportional Band 41 60 106 Counter Function 139 Counter Menu 45 77 current measurement 146 current sensing 109 Current Sensing 109 Custom Function 141 Custom Setup Menu 96 D Date of Manufacture 98 99 Dead Band 42 61 106 107
110. Compare 230 Counter 231 Digital I O 1142 Profile Event Out A Profile Event Out B Profile Event Out C Profile Event Out D Profile Event Out E Profile Event Out F Profile Event Out G Profile Event Out H Function Key 1001 Limit 126 Logic 239 Special Function Out 1532 Special Function Out 1533 Special Function Out 1534 Special Function Out 1535 Timer 244 Variable 245 None 9342 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 2 27002 uint RWES Logic 1 to 24 Source Instance B Set the instance of the function selected above 1 to 250 9358 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 OxA 10 27010 uint RWES Logic 1 to 24 Source Zone B selected above Set the zone of the function 0 to 16 9374 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 0x12 18 27018 uint RWES Note Note above Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module e Setup Page Display Parameter Name Description Range Modbus Relative Address Defaul
111. Cool Hysteresis 0 001 to 9 999 000 E Time Integral 0 to 9 999 seconds E d Time Derivative 0 to 9 999 seconds db Deadband 1 000 000 to 1 000 000 0 5 P Open Loop Set Point 100 0 to 100 0 E R 9c Autotune Aggressiveness Under Critical Over P dL Peltier Delay 0 0 to 5 0 c n Remote Set Point Enable No Yes SF nb Source Function B Remote Set Point Source None Analog Input Current Cool Power Heat Power Power Linearization Math Process Value Set Point Closed Set Point Open Variable Source Instance B Remote Set Point Source Instance 1 to 250 Source Zone B 0 to 16 Remote Set Point Type Auto Manual User Failure Action Off Bumpless Transfer Manual Power User Input Error Failure Off Bumpless Transfer Manual Power Loop Power 100 0 to 100 0 IAA Fixed Power 100 0 to 100 0 Loop Error None Open Loop Reversed Sensor Open Loop Detect Enable No Yes Loop Error Clear Request Ignore Clear Open Loop Detect Time 0 to 3 600 seconds Tune Status Off Cross 1 Positive Cross 1 Negative Open Loop Detect Deviation 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Cross 2 Positive Cross 2 Negative Cross Ramp Action Off Startup Set Point Both 3 Positive Cross 3 Negative Measuring Max Measuring Min Calculating Com ER S Ramp Scale Hours Minutes Ramp Rate 0 000 to 9 999 000 plete Timeout Low Set Point 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Note High Set Point 1 999 009
112. Correct software setup to match con troller Route communications wires away from power wires e Place 120 Q resistor across EIA 485 on last controller Device Error Controller displays internal Controller defective Replace or repair controller 100 malfunction message at Sensor input over driven Check sensors for ground loops re rEtn power up verse wiring or out of range values Heater Error Heater Error Current through load is above current Check that the load current is proper hEr trip set point Correct cause of overcurrent and or en sure current trip set point is correct Current through load is below current trip set point Check that the load current is proper Correct cause of undercurrent and or ensure current trip set point is correct Current Error CEr Load current incorrect Shorted solid state or mechanical relay Replace relay Open solid state or mechanical relay Replace relay Current transformer load wire associ ated to wrong output Route load wire through current transformer from correct output and gotothe 5 Source Output In stance parameter Setup Page Current Menu to select the output that is driv ing the load Defective current transformer or con troller Replace or repair sensor or controller Noisy electrical lines Route wires appropriately check for loose connections add line filters Rem
113. E Source Zone E gt Source Error E Source Value A Source Value B Source Value E Math Switch Over Output Value Error TERE gt If E OFF Output Value Filter A Offset If E ON Output Value Filter B Offset Display units follows active source u Q R k Op Coy Sex poy yy sydd Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Zone A gt Source Error A Source Function B gt Source Instance B Source Zone B gt Source Error B Source Value A Source Value B Math Ratio Output Value Error TERT Output Value Filter A B Offset If display units of Source A Source B no display units on output value else follow Source A a eg x K amp O ek CN Sey poy vu yy Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Zone A gt Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B gt Source Error B Source Value A Source Value B TERE Math Differential Output Value gt Error gt Output Value Filter A B Offset Display units follows Source A plus relative Source B K ex o A O ey Bey poy yy di dy Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B gt Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C So
114. E d Note If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Set Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class f Type Display e Range Default Relative Instance eee gis ud amp pion Address Attribute TESA Read hex dec Write SFab Math 1 to 24 non None 61 None 6542 0x7D 25002 uint SFn b Source Function B A Analog Input 142 offset 70 125 RWES Set the type of function Cur Current 22 1 to 24 that will be used for this CPF Cool Power Control 2 source Loop 161 h Pr Heat Power Control Loop 160 PL uc Power Control Loop 73 Lnr Linearization 238 PRAE Math 240 Pu Process Value 241 GPC Set Point Closed Control Loop 242 5Po Set Point Open Con trol Loop 243 uic Variable 245 5 5 Math 1 to 24 1 to 250 1 6552 0x7D ee 25007 uint Si b Source Instance B offset 70 125 RWES Set the instance of the 1 to 24 function selected above T Math 1 to 24 0 to 16 0 6562 0x7D 25012 uint SZ b Source Zone B offset 70 125 RWES Set the zone of the function 1 to 24 selected abo
115. EIA 485 Slot C Communications selectable via push button under zone address CZ CX CY Inter module Bus EIA 485 Communica A CN CN CN CN I tions CC CA CB CZ CX CY uouluo5 snqpow uI L H L Tomma sng einpour 19ju 1 Slot A B D E S DoDAA DUA DVD AAAI Do not route network wires with power wires Con nect network wires in daisy chain fashion when con necting multiple devices in a network Modbus IDA EIA TIA Watlow Ter Function Terminal 485 Name minal Label no a oaro mm m 5 cBecE Tome CC or CF Inputs 1 through 16 Thermocouple RMH Part Digits 5 6 7 8 2K Q maximum source resistance gt 20 MO input impedance 3 microampere open sensor detection Thermocouples are polarity sensitive The negative lead usually red must be connected to S terminal To reduce errors the extension wire for thermocouples must be of the same alloy as the thermocouple Input 1 4 top to bottom RMHx 1 xxx xxxx Input 5 8 top to bottom RMHx x 1 xx xxxx Input 9 12 top to bottom RMHx xx 1 x xxxx Input 13 16 top to bottom RMHx xxx 1 xxxx Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 24 Chapter 2 Install and Wire Warning N Use National Electric NEC or other c
116. ES Scale High OxA 10 Set the scale high for pro cess output in electrical units This value in volts or milliamps will correspond to 100 PID power output or range high value Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces Si qa Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 67 Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class 4 Type Display i ale ie Range Default Relative Instance js joie amp P Address Attribute Read hex dec Write Output Process 1 to 3 7 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 0 0 F or 16560 0x76 118 18011 float r Lo to 9 units units offset 60 1 3 7 9 RWES Range Low 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 18 C 0xB 11 Use to set the minimum value in process units This will correspond with the Scale Low value Output Process 1 to 3 7 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 16562 0x76 118 to 9 units offset 60 1 3 7 9 Range High 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C OxC 12 Use to set the maximum value in process units This will correspond with the Scale High value Output Process 1 to 3 7 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 16552 0x76 118 to 9 units offset 60 1 3
117. EZ ZONE RM High Density Module User s Guide WATLOW EZ ZONE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 RM High Density Module TOTAL CUSTOMER Bas LOW 1241 Bundy Boulevard Winona Minnesota USA 55987 Phone 1 507 454 5300 Fax 1 507 452 4507 http www watlow com 0600 0074 0000 Rev E Made in the U S A TAA ATA A December 2013 Safety Information We use note caution and warning symbols throughout this book to draw your attention to important operational and safety information A NOTE marks a short message to alert you to an important detail A CAUTION safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting your equipment and performance Be especially careful to read and follow all cautions that apply to your application A WARNING safety alert appears with information that is important for protecting you others and equipment from dam age Pay very close attention to all warnings that apply to your application The safety alert symbol 4 an exclamation point in a triangle precedes a general CAUTION or WARNING statement The electrical hazard symbol A a lightning bolt in a triangle precedes an electric shock hazard CAUTION or WARNING safety statement Further explanations follow Explanation CAUTION Warning or Hazard that needs further explanation than label on unit can provide Consult User s Guide for further information ESD Sensitive product use prop
118. Input Point 4 C 5 C Source Instance C oP Output Point 4 Sgt Source Zone C iP 5 Input Point 5 SF n d Source Function D o P 5 Output Point 5 S d Source Instance D iP 6 Input Point 6 52d Source Zone D oP 5 Output Point 6 SF aE Source Function E BT Input Point 7 5 E Source Instance E oP Output Point 7 S2E Source Zone E Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 50 e Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class Type Display GRE Range Default Relative Instance Ga Gaee amp P Address Attribute Read hex dec Write Analog Input Menu SEn Analog Input 1 to 16 oF F Off 62 388 0x68 104 3 4005 uint SEn Sensor Type EC Thermocouple 95 offset 90 1to 16 RWES Set the analog sensor type PTa Millivolts 56 5 to match the device wired LE Volts dc 104 to this input 2o PAA Milliamps dc 112 Note c OIH RTD 100 113 There is no open sensor LOH RTD 1 000 114 detection for process PoE Potentiometer 1 KO inputs 155 thE Thermistor 229 Lin Analog Input 1 to 16 b B Dn HIK 48 J 390 0x68 104 4 4006 uint Lin TC Linearization Ocas n N 58 offset 90 1to16 RWE Set the linearization to dD 23 R 80 6 match the thermocouple ae EJE 26
119. Multiply 1376 Ad F Absolute Difference 1377 P in Minimum 1378 PRAH Maximum 1379 root Square Root 1380 uSLR Vaisala RH Compen sation 1648 BL E Pressure to Altitude 1649 Process Value 1 to 16 A Analog Input 142 None 8220 Ox7E 26001 uint SFn A Source Function A Pu Process Value 241 offset 70 126 RWES Set the type of function 1 to 16 that will be used for this 1 Source Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces E es Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 53 e Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module e Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class 3 Type Display idee d dcn Range Default Relative Instance jas UT amp P Address Attribute Read hex dec Write S 1A Process Value 1 to 16 1 to 250 1 8230 Ox7E 26006 uint Si A Source Instance A offset 70 126 RWES Set the instance of the 1to 16 function selected above 6 Process Value 1 to 16 None 61 None 8222 Ox7E 26002 uint SFn b Source Function B C A Analog Input 142 offset 70 126 RWES Set the type of function Lar Linearization 238 1to 16 W be used for this PARE Math 240 2 Process Value 241 Variable
120. ON r et tag A E YATRA EAE A TATA Gs L Win ing Dip Win HG Win Hp in lon HR Ope Ug Op Op Or Op Ops Op aye ay ip T Uig t rg VUE o E o E se yr p p Mag Ut E GRO SME SU ge tp og o to Ug or yee de iiit iiid Linearization Overview Instances 24 per RMH Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Zone A gt Source Error A Source Value A gt Output Value gt Error p gt Loc Linearization SE E Setup Page Fa Function Off Interpolated Stepped SF R Source Function A None Analog Input Current Cool Power Heat Power Power Linearization Math Process Value Set Point Closed Set Point Open Variable S A Source Instance A 1 to 250 SZA Source Zone A 0 to 16 Un E Units Source None Absolute Temperature Relative Temperature Power Process Relative Humidity 4B f Input Point 1 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 o P 1 Output Point 1 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 4B8 Input Point 2 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 lo P2 Output Point 2 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 4B 3 Input Point 3 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 o P J Output Point 3 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 4 amp 4 Input Point 4 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 o P9 Output Point 4 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 4 amp 5 Input Point 5 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 o P5 Output Point 5 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 1 BE Input Point 6 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 lo P6 Output Point 6 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 LPT Input Point 7 1 999 000 to
121. Point Source SF nb Source Function B Function SP Source Instance 5 b Source Instance B Function Instance S25 Source Zone Seb Source Zone B Source Function A r E J Remote Set Point Type F oL Source Function Source Instance A UFA User Failure Action 5 LLC Source Instance C Source Zone A FR A Input Error Failure Sef Source Zone C DIR a Manual Power Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 49 o Chapter 4 Setup Page L d E Open Loop Detect Enable iP B Input Point 8 BE aE Source Function F L d t Open Loop Detect Time Output Point 8 S f Source Instance F L d d Open Loop Detect Deviation Input Point 9 S2F Source Zone F c P Ramp Action Output Point 9 F n 9 Source Function G r 5C Ramp Scale Input Point 10 5 9 Source Instance G r t Ramp Rate Output Point 10 S239 Source Zone G L SP Set Point Closed Limit Low SF n H Source Function H h 5P Set Point Closed Limit L CPE 5 H Source Instance H High Compare Menu GZH Source Zone H C SP Closed Loop Set Point A Error Handling d S Idle Set Point CPE Compare 1 to 24 SPL o Set Point Open Limit Low Fn Function SPH Set Point Open Limit High tol Tolerance Math Menu o 5 P Open Loop Set Point SF n A Source Function A 1 C P User Control Mode 5 fi Source Instance A Math 1 to 24 52A Source Zone A Fa
122. Process Outputs saz H1 H7 voltage or current Part Digits 7 8 e a idi Slot A Option not valid P EM voltage or current H2 H8 voltage or current cR A ae nos ei n Li EM not used ot D am an F3 F9 voltage or current Slot E RMH _ ___ F ____ H3 H9 voltage or current Power and Communications Slot C Configuration 98 Power input ac or dc All 99 Power input ac or dc CF Standard Bus EIA 485 common Standard Bus CD Standard Bus EIA 485 T R Part Digit 10 CE Standard Bus EIA 485 T R RMH Al CC Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA 485 common Standard Bus or Modbus CA Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EJA 485 T R Part Digit 10 CB Standard Bus or Modbus RTU EIA 485 T R RMH i CZ Inter module Bus Inter module Bus CX Inter module Bus CY Inter module Bus Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 21 Chapter 2 Install and Wire RMH Module Front View Standard Connector Slot D gt i Slot E Dp VE Slot A we Slot B vA A i B Slot C
123. RWES Set the zone of the function 5 selected above Timer 1 to 4 h 9h High 37 High 13200 0x83 131 31011 uint SAS A Source Active State A Lob Low 53 offset 50 1to24 RWES Set what state will be read OxB 11 as on Timer 1 to 24 non E None 61 None 13182 0x83 131 31002 uint SFn b Source Function B ALP Alarm Reset 6 offset 50 1 to 24 RWES Set the type of function CPE Compare 230 2 ihat wil be used test r Counter 23D signal d 1o Digital I O 1142 En EA Profile Event Out A 233 Ent Profile Event Out B 234 Ent C Profile Event Out C 235 Entd Profile Event Out D 236 En E E Profile Event Out E 247 Eak E Profile Event Out F 248 Ent Profile Event Out G 249 EnL Profile Event Out H 250 E Ua Function Key 1001 L 9C Logic 239 oF I Special Function Out put 1 1532 SoF 2 Special Function Out put 2 1533 SoF 3 Special Function Out put 3 1534 5o F 4 Special Function Out put 4 1535 EP 49 Timer 244 vAr Variable 245 S 1b Timer 1 to 24 1to 250 1 13186 0x83 131 31004 uint Si b Source Instance B offset 50 1to24 RWES Set the instance of the 4 function selected above 52b Timer 1 to 24 0 to 16 0 13190 0x83 131 31006 uint SZ b Source Zone B offset 50 1 to 24 RWES Set the zone of the function 6 selected above Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full va
124. Removal Displacement Module Removal Clearance Straight Connectors 155mm 6 10 in i p TH i ELT LI 7508mm 2 i 4445mm ME E ELE 175in 9S S PT Y 116 08 mm 101 60mm 4 3 lS T 4 57 in S 4 00 in A 12 row Fs 2 E oa mn R mi i Pg LJ PE TI 23 53 fea _t i E 51 56 mm lt 2 03 in 173 90 mm 6 85 in Module Removal Displacement Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 15 s Chapter 2 Install and Wire Chassis Mount Front View Module Removed Screw Connection Pattern m 58 67 mm Q31i 3277m 51 56mm 1 29 in 2 03 in 17 53 mm 69in pu 60 45 mm 2 38 in 1 35 81 mm jp tI ed GS a 1 41 in Hie hs 8 af Ut ns y 665555909 zii 6698 6666556 rl la 16 76 mm 3505mm 66im 1 38in M The view above is representative of the modular backplane without the module Recommended chassis mount hardware 1 8 screw 3 4 long 2 Torque to 10 15 in lb 3 No washers of any kind Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 16 lt Chapter 2 Install and Wire Power Supplies DSP30 DSP60
125. S B 0 2 Type T below 50 C 0 2 e Calibration ambient temperature 77 5 F 25 3 C Accuracy span 1000 F 540 C min Temperature stability 0 1 F F 0 1 C C rise in ambient max Agency Approvals e UL EN 61010 listed c UL C22 2 61010 File E185611 QUYX QUYX7 e ANSI ISA 12 12 01 2007 Hazardous Locations Class 1 Div 2 Group A B C D Temperature code T4 optional File E184390 QUZW QUZW7 e EN 60529 IP20 RM modules s UL 50 Type 4X indoor use EN 60529 IP66 1 16 DIN RUI NEMA 4X RoHS by design W E E E e CE Serial Communications All modules ship with isolated Standard Bus protocol for con figuration and communication connection to all other EZ ZONE products As an optional feature Modbus RTU can also be or dered Optional User Interface RUI s 116 DIN Dual 4 digit 7 segment LED displays Seven segment address LED programmed via push button switch Keys Advance infinity up down keys plus an EZ KEY pro grammable function key Typical display update rate 1Hz Maximum RMH Configuration Up to 16 loops per module with a maximum of 16 modules Mounting DIN rail specification EN50022 35 x 7 5 mm 1 38 x 0 30 in Can be DIN rail mounted or chassis mounted with customer supplied fasteners Dimensions Weight 155 0 mm 116 08 mm Controller 6 10 in 4 57 in 453 59 g 16 oz Wiring Termination Touch Safe Terminals Right angle
126. Sed Process Value 1 to 16 0 to 16 0 8246 Ox7E 26014 uint SZ d Source Zone D offset 70 126 RWES Set the zone of the function 1to 16 selected above OxOE 14 Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display e Write Full values can be read with other interfaces uh Note If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Set Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class Type Display Es Range Default Relative Instance jue M amp pon Address Attribute rds Read hex dec Write Process Value 1 to 16 non None 61 None 8228 Ox 7E 26005 uint SFn E Source Function E ALP Alarm 6 offset 70 126 RWES Set the type of function CPE Compare 230 1 to 16 ee be used for this CEF Counter 231 5 d o Digital I O 1142 Ent RJ Profile Event Out A 233 En t 5 Profile Event Out B 234 Ent C Profile Event Out C 235 En t gd Profile Event Out D 236 E ak E Profile Event Out E 247 EntF Profile Event Out F 248 Ent3 Profile Event Out G 249 Ent Profile Event Out H 250 FUn Function Key 1001 L 9C
127. Slot D or E 4 SSR Outputs Slot D or E R MH x 1 2 1 2 EL F L AAAA H j m Analog Input 1 through 8 None Thermocouple 2 Wire RTD 100 1k Thermistor 5k 10K 20k 40k Process V mV mA or 1K Potentiometer EIA 485 Communications Standard Bus optional Modbus RTU Inter module Bus PID Controller Slot A B 3 Universal Retransmit or 4 2ASSR Outputs Slot D aE 3 Universal Retransmit or 4 2A SSR Outputs Slot E 20 4 to 30 8 Vac or Vde Modbus RTU Address 1 16 Standard Bus Zone 1 16 Supervisory amp Power Board Slot C Output 1 2 3 4 Process 2A Solid State Relay Form A The functions listed to the right with purple text apply to the Process output only where the orange text applies to the SSR output only All others apply to both output types Output 7 8 9 10 Process 2A Solid State Relay Form A Zone and Status LE Indicates Zone T Address Zone Selection Push to select Zone m Address and Protocol Output Status LEDs Some input output combinations not possible see ordering matrix Output Function Off Analog Input Current Alarm Cool Power Heat Power Power Compare Counter Digital UO Profile Event Output A H Function Key Linearization Logic Math Process Value Set Point Closed Set Point Open Speci
128. Slots A B D E Power Supply 4 20 4 to 30 8 Vac or Vde Indicates communications Slot C G activity Modbus or Stand ard Bus Other RM Modules m Inter module Bus i f Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 10 e Chapter 1 Overview Input Function Input Sensor Input Device RUI PC PLC or HMI Other RM Modules TE Power Supply EZ ZONE RMH Module System Diagram 8 Control Loops Slots A B 4 Form A Mechanical Relays Slot D 6 Digital I O Slot E RMHx 1 2 1 2 J C AAAA Analog Input 1 through 8 None Thermocouple 2 Wire RTD 100 1k Thermistor 5k 10K 20k 40k Process V mV mA or 1K Potentiometer Digital Input 7 8 9 10 11 or 12 Switch contact or volts dc A A fi K i EIA 485 Communications Standard Bus optional Modbus RTU Inter module Bus 20 4 to 30 8 Vac or Vdc Some input output combinations not possible see ordering matrix PID Controller Slot A B 4 Mechanical Relay Outputs Form A Slot D Output Function Output 1 2 3 4 5A Mechanical Relay Form A a5 6 Digital Inputs Outputs any combination Slot E c EA Modbus RTU Address 1 16 Standard Bus Zone 1 16 Supervisory amp Power Board Slot C Output 7 8 9 10 11 or 12 switched dc open collector M
129. Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D Source Value E Source Value F Source Value G Source Value H Logic NAND Output Value Error LLLE pa H gt A B C D E F G H ON Function Error Handling Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D Source Function E Source Instance E Source Zone E Source Error E Source Function F Source Instance F Source Zone F Source Error F Source Function G Source Instance G Source Zone G Source Error G Source Function H Source Instance H Source Zone H Source Error H Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D Source Value E Source Value F Source Value G Source Value H Logic OR Output Value Error ERES A B C D E F G H ON Function Error Handling Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A gt Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function C gt Source Instance C Source Zone C gt Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D Source Function E Source Instance E Source Zone E gt Source Error E So
130. T current H volts current trol Not usea x Suppressor Note i F_ negative Switching pilot duty inductive loads l relay coils solenoids etc with the pn ae mechanical relay solid state relay or v volts z z H open collector output options requires NENNEN Un use of an R C suppressor for AC load or a diode for a DC load Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 29 lt Chapter 2 Install and Wire RUE Use National Electric NEC or other country specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or pe ripheral devices Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property and or injury or loss of life Note Maximum wire size termination and torque rating e 0 0507 to 3 30 mm 30 to 12 AWG single wire termination or two 1 31 mm 16 AWG e 0 8 Nm 7 0 in Ib torque Note Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently depending on the model number Note To prevent damage to the controller do not connect wires to unused ter minals Note Maintain electrical isolation between digital input outputs switched dc open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops Warning Explosion Hazard Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I DIVISION 2 en fh Explosion Hazard Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable conce
131. Yes pulled up S1 short to S3 Yes pulled down to under range S2 shorted to S3 Not implemented Possible monitor S2 voltage S1 and S2 open Yes pulled down to under range S1 and 83 open Yes S1 pulled up S2 and S3 open Yes pulled up Thermistor S1 open Yes pulled up to sensor over range S3 open Yes pulled up to sensor over range S1 short to S3 Yes pulled down to sensor under range S1 and S3 open Yes S1 pulled up to sensor over range Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 149 lt Appendix RMH Specifications Line Voltage Power e 20 4 to 30 8Vx ac dc 50 60Hz 5 percent Power consumption 7 W 14VA Any external power supply used should comply with a class 2 or SELV rating Data retention upon power failure via nonvolatile memory Compliant with Semi F47 0200 Figure R1 1 voltage sag require ments Environment s 0 to 149 F 18 to 65 C operating temperature e 40 to 185 F 40 to 85 C storage temperature 0 to 90 percent RH non condensing Rail Mount modules are considered to be open type equipment needing to be installed in a fire and shock protection enclosure such as a NEMA Type 1 enclosure unless all circuit connections are Class 2 or SELV Saftey Extra Low Voltage Accuracy e Calibration accuracy and sensor conformity 0 196 of span 1 C the calibrated ambient temperature and rated line voltage s Types R
132. a Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module s 74 Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class f Type Display ee Range Default Relative Instance ees gis d i BOS Address Attribute bou Read hex dec Write C Erh Compare 1 to 24 amp 9 True Good 1476 False Bad 11282 0x80 128 28012 uint Er h Error Handling C amp b True Bad 1477 offset 40 1to 24 RWES js UA ims and er False Good 1478 OxC 12 ror output state when com pare mi be processed False Bad 1479 Timer Menu Timer 1 to 24 oF F Off 62 off 13196 0x83 131 165 31009 uint Fn Function on P On Pulse 1471 offset 50 1 to 24 RWES Set how the timer will JEL Delay 1472 9 tunen 2 5 One Shot 1473 r EE Retentive 1474 Timer 1 to 24 non E None 61 None 13180 0x83 131 31001 uint SFn A Source Function A ALIT Alarm Reset 6 offset 50 1 to 24 RWES Set the type of function CPE Compare 230 1 tat wl usod for this Counter 28D d o Digital I O 1142 Ent A Profile Event Out A 233 En t 5 Profile Event Out B 234 En tC Pr
133. a qu pu ufu nla le lell a I gt cj Jic I A 3 T z gt I B m m c I ll I rr ll O fu c ll NIX B 6 gie Ea I gt Note The RUI is optional equipment Range Within this column notice that on occasion there will be numbers found within parenthesis This number represents the enumerated value for that particular selection Range selections can be made simply by writing the enumerated value of choice using any of the available communications protocols As an ex ample turn to the Setup Page and look at the Analog Input A menu and then the Sensor Type bE a prompt To turn the sensor off simply write the value of 62 off to Modbus register 388 and send that value to the control Communication Protocols and Software Tools All RM modules come with Watlow s Standard Bus protocol This protocol is used primarily for inter module communications but is also used with SpecView by Watlow LabVIEW and EZ ZONE Con figurator software free download from Watlow s web site http ww w watlow com Along with Standard Bus the RMH module can also be ordered with Mod bus RTU only one protocol can be active at any given time The RMA Access module has options for sev eral different protocols listed below Modbus RTU 232 485 EtherNet IP Modbus TCP DeviceNet Profibus DP Modbus RTU Protocol All Modbus registers are 16 bits and as displayed in
134. ab just behind the green connector and applying downward pressure on the tab by lifting the screwdriver upwards When released the tab will move downward and the connector can then be lifted up off of the DIN rail Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 19 Chapter 2 Install and Wire High Density Module RMHx xxxx xxxx Slot A Slot B Slot D Slot E Configuration Inputs Universal RTD and Thermistor Inputs 1 4 5 8 9 12 13 16 S1 S5 S9 13 Universal Thermistor Input R1 R5 R9 R13 Part Digits 5 6 7 S2 S6 S10 S14 S RTD thermocouple volts mA po Input 1 4 RMH _ 1 2 d R2 R6 R10 R14 tentiometer wiper or thermistor Input 5 8 RMH H 2 EE S3 S7 S11 S15 R_ RTD thermocouple volts mA I P 9 RMH 2 e R3 R7 R11 R15 potentiometer or thermistor nput 9 12 1 2 _ S4 S8 S12 S16 Input 13 16 RMH 12 R4 R8 R12 R16 Digital Inputs 1 6 7 12 B1 B7 Common Digital Inputs DI s P D1 D7 DC input Part Digit 7 8 77 o n SC input Slot A Option not valid D S e D j 0 DC Reas Slot B Option not valid wee ae D5 DII DC input Slot D RMH _ _ C _ __ ss ec D6 Di2 DC input Slot E RMH _ C Z1 Zt Internal Supply Outputs Quad 5A Mechanical Relay Form A Outputs 1 4 7 10 L1 L7 normally open Mechanical Relay 5 A Form A REM K
135. access to any inaccessible Pages or Menus go to the Factory Page and enter the UL of menu Once there follow the steps below Note If Password Security Password Enabled P A 5 E is On is enabled the two prompts mentioned below in the first step will not be visible If unknown call the individual or company that originally set up the control 1 Acquire either the User Password P A u or the Administrator Password P 45 4 2 Push the Advance key one time where the Code Cod E prompt will be visible Note a If the the Rolling Password is off push the Ad vance key one more time where the Password PA55 prompt will be displayed Proceed to either step 7a or 8a Pushing the Up O or Down Q arrow keys enter either the User or Adminis trator Password Once entered push and hold the Infinity key for two seconds to return to the Home Page b If the Rolling Password r of L was turned on proceed on through steps 3 9 3 Assuming the Code Cod E prompt Public Key is still visible on the face of the control simply push the Advance key to proceed to the Password P A 55 prompt If not find your way back to the Factory Page as described above 4 Execute the calculation defined below 7b or 8b for either the User or Administrator 5 Enter the result of the calculation in the upper display play by using the Up O and Down Q arrow keys or use EZ ZONE Confgurator Software 6 Exit the Factory Page by p
136. ach page Op erations Setup and Factory and their associated menus have identical headers defined below Visually displayed infor Display mation from the control Describes the function of Parameter Name the given parameter Defines options available for this prompt i e min max values numerical yes no etc further ex planation below Default Values as delivered from the factory Identifies unique param eters using either the Modbus RTU or Modbus TCP protocols further ex planation below Range Modbus Relative Ad dress Identifies unique param eters using either the De viceNet or EtherNet IP protocol further explana tion below CIP Common Indus trial Protocol Identifies unique param eters using Profibus DP protocol further explana tion below Profibus Index Identifies unique param eters used with other soft ware such as LabVIEW Unsigned 16 bit integer dint long 32 bit string ASCII 8 bits per character float IEEE 754 32 bit RWES Readable Writable EEPROM saved User Set saved Parameter ID uint Data Type R W Remote User interface RUI Display Visual information from the control is displayed to the observer using a fairly standard 7 segment dis play Due to the use of this technology several char acters displayed need some interpretation see the list below E I zo E Il I ejt 6 T E 9 c m 9 C Sj
137. acter display Full values R Read can be read with other interfaces W Write If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module s 40 e Chapter 3 Operations Page RM High Density Module Parameter Name Description Display Monitor Menu Monitor 1 to 16 Control Mode Active View the control mode currently in effect Monitor 1 to 16 Heat Power View the heat output level currently in effect Monitor 1 to 16 Cool Power View the cool output level currently in effect Monitor 1 to 16 Closed Loop Working Set Point View the set point cur rently in effect Monitor 1 to 16 Process Value Active View the filtered process value using the control input Control Loop 1 to 16 Remote Enable Enable this loop to switch control to the remote set point Control Loop 1 to 16 Control Mode Select the method that this loop will use to con trol Control Loop 1 to 16 Autotune Set Point Set the set point that the autotune will use as a percentage of the current set point Control Loop 1 to 16 Autotune Request Start an autotune While the autotune is active the Home Page of RUI will display the tuning status When the autotune is complete the message will clear automatically Off 62 RUE o Auto 10 Manual 54 0 0 to 100 0 100 0 to 0 0 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 1 999
138. age Note above If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and CIP Data Modbus Class r Type Display EAE Range Default Relative Instance pire dud amp ED Address Attribute bo Read hex dec Write USc 5 Global non None 61 None 26 0x65 101 93 1014 uint USrS User Settings Save SEE I User Set 1 101 1 W Save all of this controller s S t 2 User Set 2 102 OxOE 14 settings to the selected Set USr Global non E None 61 None 24 0x65 101 92 1013 uint USrr User Settings Restore SEL I User Set 1 101 1 W Replace all of the control SEE User Set 2 102 0x0D 13 ler s settings with another F CEY Factory 31 set previously saved Cora Communications Menu Communications 9 600 188 9 600 6504 0x96 150 17002 uint bAUd Baud Rate 19 200 189 1 RWE Set the speed of this con 38 400 190 3 troller s communications to match the speed of the serial network Communications non None 61 None 6506 0x96 150 17003 uint PAr Parity EuEn Even 191 1 RWE Set the parity of this con odd Odd 192 4 troller to match the parity of the serial network Communications h L o Word High Low Low High 6508 0x96 150 17043 uint M hL
139. age to equipment and property and or injury or loss of life Note Maximum wire size termination and torque rating e 0 0507 to 3 30 mm 30 to 12 AWG single wire termination or two 1 31 mm 16 AWG e 0 8 Nm 7 0 in Ib torque Note Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently depending on the model number Note To prevent damage to the controller do not connect wires to unused ter minals Note Maintain electrical isolation between digital input outputs switched dc open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops Warning Explosion Hazard Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I DIVISION 2 vene N Explosion Hazard Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable sub stances Note When connecting the USB converter to the PC it is suggested that the La tency Timer be changed from the default of 16 msec to 1 msec Failure to make this change may cause communication loss between the PC running ZE ZONE Configurator software and the control To modify Latency Timer settings follow the steps below 1 Navigate to Device Manager 2 Double click on Ports 3 Right click on the USB serial port in use and select Properties 4 Click the tab labeled Port settings and then click the Advance button USB Serial Port COM5 Prop X Advanced Settings for COM5
140. al Output Function 1 4 Timer Variable Card Status Slots A B D E Indicates communications activity Modbus or Stand ard Bus Indicates UO Status Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 14 e Chapter 1 Overview Chapter 2 Install and Wire Dimensions As can be seen below the dimensions of the RM system will change slightly based on the type of connector used Module Removal Clearance Standard Connectors 147 07 mm 5 8in i TED d 44 45 mm 1 75 in 101 60 mm i 25 4 00 in ae M 51 56 mm he 165mm Latch in open position 203in 7 6 50 in Module
141. all loops of control and communications This module adds monitoring points to the RM sys tem This document describes common usage and the various types of I O available EZ ZONE Rail Mount Scanner RMS User s Guide part number 0600 0071 0000 When additional I O is needed the Expansion mod ule fills the gap This document describes common usage and the various types of I O available EZ ZONE Rail Mount Expansion RME User s Guide part number 0600 0073 0000 The RML module will protect against unwanted EZ ZONE Rail Mount Limit RML User s Guide thermal runaway and over temperature conditions part number 0600 0075 0000 The User Guide describes configuration program ming and communications capabilities The RUI provides a visual LED display to the RM configuration and setup menus This document illus trates and describes connections and also describes the Home Page for each RM module as viewed from EZ ZONE Remote User Interface RUI User s Guide part number 0600 0060 0000 the RUI EZ ZONE RM Specification Sheet part number Describes RM hardware options features benefits WIN EZRM 1113 and technical specifications Watlow Support Tools DVD part number 0601 Contains all related user documents tutorial videos 0001 0000 application notes utility tools etc The DVD described above ships with the product and as stated contains all of the literature above as well as much more If
142. and front screw type terminal blocks slots A B D E Input power and controller output terminals touch safe re movable 12 to 30 AWG Wire strip length 7 6 mm 0 30 in Torque 0 8Nm 7 0 Ib in right angle 0 5Nm 4 511b in front terminal block Use solid or stranded copper conductors only Connector Dimension A mm in Standard 148 5 80 swim 15560 Optional Accessories Power Supplies e AC DC Power supply converter 90 264V ac to 24V dc volts P N 0847 0299 0000 31 W P N 0847 0300 0000 60 W P N 0847 0301 0000 91W EZ ZONE RM Product Documentation User s Guide printed hard copy P N 0600 0074 0000 Watlow Support Tools CD P N 0601 0001 0000 Universal Input e Thermocouple grounded or ungrounded sensors gt 20MO input impedance e 3p open sensor detection Max of 2KO source resistance RTD 2 wire platinum 1000 and 10000 0 C calibration to DIN curve 0 003850 0 C Process 0 20mA 1000 or 0 10V dc 20kO input imped ance scalable 0 50mV 0 100000 Voltage Input Ranges Accuracy 10mV 1 LSD at standard conditions Temperature stability 100 PPM C maximum Milliamp Input Ranges Accuracy 20pA 1 LSD at standard conditions Temperature stability 100 PPM C maximum Resolution Input Ranges 0 to 10V 200 pV nominal 0 to 20 mA 0 5 mA nominal Potentiometer 0 to 1 2000 750 vue xg N em o Pe ane w r few 2 66 3 32 3 32 2 39
143. ause for timer error Ligh oPEc Counter Menu Counter 1 to 24 Count View the function s total count Counter 1 to 24 Source Value A View the value of Source A Counter 1 to 24 Source Value B View the value of Source B Counter 1 to 24 Output Value View the value of this function s output Counter 1 to 24 Error Read reported cause for counter error Logic Menu Logic 1 to 24 Source Value A View the value of Source Logic 1 to 24 Source Value B View the value of Source B Modbus Relative Address None 61 Open 65 Shorted 127 Measurement Error 140 Bad Cal Data 139 Ambient Error 9 RTD Error 141 Fail 32 Math Error 1423 Not Sourced 246 Stale 1617 13214 offset 50 12248 offset 40 0 to 9 999 Off 62 On 63 12232 offset 40 Off 62 12234 On 63 offset 40 12238 offset 40 Off 62 On 63 None 61 Open 65 Shorted 127 Measurement Error 140 Bad Cal Data 139 Ambient Error 9 RTD Error 141 Fail 32 Math Error 1428 Not Sourced 246 Stale 1617 12250 offset 40 9388 offset 80 Off 62 On 63 9390 offset 80 Off 62 On 63 Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear e Operations Page CIP Kaa Profibus Parameter Attribute
144. ble with the exception of the Setup Page as defined by level 3 access How to Enable Password Security Go to the Factory Page by holding down the Infinity key and the Advance key for approximately six seconds Once there push the Down Q key one time Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 109 lt Chapter 6 Features to get to the menu Again push the Advance key until the Password Enabled P A 5 prompt is visible Lastly push either the up or down key to turn it on Once on 4 new prompts will appear 1 Lo C L Locked Access Level 1 to 5 correspond ing to the lockout table above 2 co LL Rolling Password will change the Cus tomer Code every time power is cycled 3 PA 5 u User Password which is needed for a Us er to acquire access to the control 4 PB 5 R Administrator Password which is need ed to acquire administrative access to the control The Administrator can either change the User and or the Administrator password or leave them in the default state Once Password Security is enabled they will no longer be visible to anyone other than the Administrator As can be seen in the formula that follows either the User or Administrator will need to know what those passwords are to acquire a higher level of access to the control Back out of this menu by pushing the Infinity key Once out of the menu the Password Security will be enabled How to Acquire Access to the Control To acquire
145. bute Read hex dec Write S H Control Loop 1 to 16 1to 16 1 8021 uint Si A Source Instance A R Set the instance of the function selected above RAJ Control Loop 1 to 16 oF F Off 62 PID 4104 0x97 151 62 8003 uint h Ag Heat Algorithm PID 71 offset 70 1 to 16 RWES Set the heat control On Off 64 3 method CA9 Control Loop 1 to 16 Off 62 Off 4106 0x97 151 63 8004 uint C Ag Cool Algorithm P d PID 71 offset 70 1to 16 RWES Set the cool control method On Off 64 4 LE e Control Loop 1 to 16 Off 62 Off 4108 0x97 151 8038 j uint C Cr Cool Output Curve Non linear Curve 1 offset 70 1to 16 RWES Select a cool output curve 214 5 to change the responsive C r b Non linear Curve 2 ness of the system 215 Control Loop 1 to 16 0 001 to 9 999 000 F or units 25 0 F or 4110 0x97 55 8009 float h Pb Heat Proportional Band 0 001 to 5 555 000 C units offset 70 151 RWES Set the PID proportional 14 0 C 1 to 16 band for the heat outputs 6 4AY Control Loop 1 to 16 0 001 to 9 999 000 F or units 3 0 F or 4120 0x97 56 8010 float h hy Heat Hysteresis 0 001 to 5 555 000 C units offset 70 151 RWES Set the control switching 2 0 C 1 to 16 hysteresis for on off con OxB 11 trol This determines how far into the on region the process value needs to move before the output turns on CPb Control Loop 1 to 16 0 001 to 9 999 000 F or units 25 0
146. ce Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D Source Function E Source Instance E Source Zone E Source Error E Source Function F Source Instance F Source Zone F Source Error F Source Function G Source Instance G Source Zone G Source Error G Source Function H Source Instance H Source Zone H Source Error H Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D Source Value E Source Value F Source Value G Source Value H Logic Equal Output Value Error TERETERE t gt IfA B C D E F G H then ON Function Error Handling gt Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Value A Source Value B Logic Latch Output Value Error LVL gt Output Value follows A unless B ON When input B is on the the output will be latched on Function Error Handling Source Zone A gt Source Error A Source Zone B gt Source Error B Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Value A Source Value B Logic RS Flip Flop Output Value Error VELE 1 LE EE A negative to positive transistion on input A
147. cess set the process value that will trigger a high alarm 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C deviation set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a high alarm Alarm 1 to 24 Clear Request User interface RUI ac cess to clear an alarm Alarm 1 to 24 Silence Request User interface RUI ac cess to silence an alarm Alarm 1 to 24 State View state of alarm Ignore Silence Startup 88 None 61 Blocked 12 Alarm low 8 Alarm high 7 Error 28 No 59 Yes 106 Alarm 1 to 24 Latched Read this register to de termine if the alarm is latched Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear e Operations Page CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Data Type amp Read Write Modbus Relative Address Profibus Parameter 5222 offset 80 2662 offset 60 300 0 F or units 150 0 C 2660 offset 60 2676 offset 60 2678 offset 60 0x6D 109 1 to 24 0x0A 10 R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 3 Operations Page RM High Density Module s Operations Page cip Data Parameter Name Modbus gass Profibus Parameter Type Display Dascription Range Relative Instance index ID amp Read Address
148. d state relay SSR or silicon controlled rectifier SCR power controller Do not use a variable time base output for control ling electromechanical relays mercury displacement relays inductive loads or heaters with unusual resis tance characteristics The combination of variable time base output and a solid state relay can inexpensively approach the ef fect of analog phase angle fired control Select the AC Line Frequency Setup Page Global Menu 50 or 60 Hz 100 percent output 10 ON 0 OFF Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 106 lt Chapter 6 Features 50 percent output 3 ON 3 OFF 66 percent output 6 ON 3 OFF Single Set Point Ramping Ramping protects materials and systems that can not tolerate rapid temperature changes The value of the ramp rate is the maximum degrees per minute or hour that the system temperature can change Select Ramp Action Setup Page Loop Menu ramping not active ramp at startup ramp at a set point change ramp at startup or when the set point changes Select whether the rate is in degrees per minute or degrees per hour with Ramp Scale amp SC Set the ramping rate with Ramp Rate Setup Page Loop Menu 4 Set Point Temperature Temperature reaches Set Point quickly Time Heating System without Ramping Set Point degrees Temperature per minute Temperature ramps to Set Point at a set rate Time Heating Sys
149. dware ID Registers 56 amp 57 Pointer 9 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 58 amp 59 Pointer 10 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 60 amp 61 Pointer 11 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 62 amp 63 Pointer 12 2 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 64 amp 65 Pointer 13 2 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 66 amp 67 Pointer 14 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 68 amp 69 Pointer 15 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 70 amp 71 Pointer 16 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 72 amp 73 Pointer 17 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 74 amp 75 Pointer 18 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 76 amp 77 Pointer 19 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 78 amp 79 Pointer 20 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Assembly Working Addresses Registers 200 amp 201 Value of Pointer 1 j X Registers 202 amp 203 Value of Pointer 2 Registers 204 amp 205 Value of Pointer 3 Registers 206 amp 207 Value of Pointer 4 Registers 208 amp 209 Value of Pointer 5 Registers 210 amp 211 Value of Pointer 6 Registers 212 amp 213 Value of Pointer 7 Registers 214 amp 215 Value of Pointer 8 Registers 216 amp 217 Value of Pointer 9 Registers 218 amp 219 Value of P
150. e Instance Sees rcd ud amp E Address Attribute DN Read hex dec Write db Control Loop 1 to 16 1 000 0 to 1 000 0 F or 0 0 4118 0x97 61 8008 float db Dead Band units offset 70 151 RWES Set the offset to the 555 556 to 555 556 C 1 to 16 proportional band With OxA 10 a negative value both heating and cooling out puts are active when the process value is near the set point A positive value keeps heating and cooling outputs from fighting each other Control Loop 1 to 16 No 59 No 4130 0x97 151 8022 uint ttUn TRU TUNE Enable Yes 106 offset 70 1 to 16 RWES Enable or disable the 0x10 16 TRU TUNE adaptive tuning feature Control Loop 1 to 16 0 to 100 F or units 0 4132 0x97 15D 8034 uint t bnd TRU TUNE Band 0 to 55 C offset 70 1 to 16 RWES Set the range centered on 0x11 17 the set point within which TRU TUNE will be in effect Use this function only if the controller is un able to adaptive tune auto matically Control Loop 1 to 16 1to6 3 4134 0x97 15D 8035 uint t gn TRU TUNE Gain offset 70 1 to 16 RWES Select the responsiveness 0x12 18 of the TRU TUNE adaptive tuning calcula tions More responsiveness may increase overshoot Control Loop 1 to 16 50 0 to 200 096 90 0 4138 0x97 8025 float A tSP Autotune Set Point offset 70 151 RWES Set the set point that the 1 to 16 autotune will use as a 0x14 20 percentage
151. e 5 k Or fae to 70 COPS oe ate oag Tag Cy ORO S om Ya L NON A er be Kn lon 2 2o Moy Se x OSZ Analog Input Analog Input Overview Analog Input Value gt Instances 1 16 per RMH Error p gt Ri Analog Input Menu SEE Setup Page SE al Sensor Type Off Thermocouple Millivolts Volts Milliamps RTD 100 Ohm RTD 1000 Ohm 1K Potentiometer Thermistor optional L n TC Linearization B C D E F J K N R ST Un E Units Absolute Temperature Power Process Relative Humidity Scale Low 100 00 to 1000 00 Scale High 100 00 to 1000 00 Range Low 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 h_1 Range High 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 PEE Process Error Enable Off Low BEL Process Error Low Value 100 00 to 1 000 00 E L Thermistor Curve Curve A Curve B Curve C Custom cel Resistance Range 5k 10k 20k 40k Filter 0 0 to 60 0 seconds Input Error Latching Off On Display Precision Whole Tenths Hundredths Thousandths Calibration Offset 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Input Error None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error RTD Error Fail Not Sourced A Analog Input Menu lo PE c Operation Page 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 4E c Input Error None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error RTD Error Fail Not Sourced LER Calibration Offset 1 999 000 to 9 999 000
152. e Instance B 1 to 250 5 85 Source Zone B 0 to 16 585 5 Source Active State B Timer Reset High rising Low falling E Time 0 to 9 999 seconds L Eu Active Level High Low o PE c Operation Page EP 1 Timer Menu Su Source Value A Off On Sub Source Value B Off On EE Elapsed Time 0 0 to 9 999 000 seconds lo u Output Value Off On An error when read can indicate any of the following None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error RTD Error Fail Math Error Not Sourced Stale Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 134 lt Chapter 6 Features io T 4 bo KA Y ds 2x RN Source Function A Source Instance A Source Value A gt Source Zone A Ls gt Source Error A Elapsed Time 9 Output Value Error p gt gt Timer On Pulse Timing Diagram of On Pulse with active state rising edge high Source A Run 5 R Source Active State A SASA High Source Value A low on Active Level L Eu High Output Value o u off ls on i A Active Level L u Low Output Value o u off Time Time Elapsed Time E Time E j 0 Timing Diagram of On Pulse with active state falling edge Source A Run 5 R mee Source Active State A GASA Lo
153. e Zone E gt Source Error E Source Function F Source Instance F Source Zone F gt Source Error F Source Function G gt Source Instance G Source Zone G gt Source Error G Source Function H Source Instance H Output Value gt Source Zone H Error p gt gt Source Error H C SEE Setup Page LIC Logic Menu Eal Function Off AND OR Equal To NAND NOR Not Equal To Latch RS Flip Flop SF n A Source Function A None Alarm Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Limit Logic Special Function Output 1 to 4 Timer Variable S A Source Instance A 1 to 250 SZA Source Zone A 0 to 16 SF n b Source Function B None Alarm Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Limit Logic Special Function Output 1 to 4 Timer Variable S b Source Instance B 1 to 250 52b Source Zone B 0 to 16 SF aL Source Function C None Alarm Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Limit Logic Special Function Output 1 to 4 Timer Variable S C Source Instance C 1 to 250 SZC Source Zone C 0 to 16 SF n d Source Function D None Alarm Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Limit Logic Special Function Output 1 to 4 Timer Variable S d Source Instance D 1 to 250 52d Source Zone D 0 to 16 SF aE Source Function E None Alarm Compare Co
154. e rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces E e Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 62 Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class F Type Display PEOP E Range Default Relative Instance pitas gis ud amp mdse ad Address Attribute bou Read hex dec Write FR L Control Loop 1 to 16 Off sets output power User 5244 0x6B 7013 uint FAiL Input Error Failure to 0 62 offset 80 107 RWES Select what the controller Bumpless transfer 1 to 16 outputs will do when an maintains same output OxD 13 input error switches control power if it was less than to manual mode 75 and stable otherwise 0 14 Manual power sets output power to Manual Power setting 33 US Ec User sets output pow er to last open loop set point the user entered 100 Control Loop 1 to 16 Set Point Open Loop Limit 0 0 5240 0x6B T 7011 float MAn Manual Power Low to Set Point Open Loop offset 80 107 RWES Set the manual output Limit High Setup Page 1 to 16 power level that will take OxB 11 effect if an input error fail ure occurs while User Fail ure Action is set to Manual Power LdE Control Loop 1
155. e set point but the output would switch on and off more frequently and may result in the output chattering On off control can be selected with Heat Algorithm or Cool Algorithm Setup Page Loop Menu On off hysteresis can be set with Heat Hysteresis or Cool Hysteresis Operations Page Loop Menu Note Input Error Failure Mode does not function in on off control mode The output goes off The heating action switches off when the process temperature rises above the set point Set Point Process Temperature Temperature Hysteresis The heating action switches on when the process temperature drops below the set point minus the hysteresis The heating action switches on at startup Time The cooling action switches on when the process temperature rises above the set point plus the SOR Hysteresis The cooling action switches on at startup The cooling action switches off when the process temperature drops below the set point Process Temperature Set Point Temperature Some processes reed to maintain a temperature or process value closer to the set point than on off con trol can provide Proportional control provides closer control by adjusting the output when the temperature or process value is within a proportional band When the value is in the band the controller adjusts the output based on how close the process value is to the set point The closer the process
156. efault Relative Instance jus pannen amp Boscontion Address Attribute TS Read hex dec Write Counter 1 to 24 0 to 16 0 12228 0x82 130 30005 uint SZA Source Zone A offset 40 1to 24 RWES Set the zone of the function 5 selected above SAGA Counter 1 to 24 h 9h High 37 High 12240 0x82 130 30011 uint SAS A Source Active State A Lob Low 53 offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set what output state will bo Eh Both 130 0x0B 11 indicate on SFnb Counter 1 to 24 non E None 61 None 12222 0x82 130 30002 uint SFn b Source Function B ALTTI Alarm 6 offset 40 1to 24 RWES Set the type of function CPE Compare 230 2 Een TES Gar 8D d o Digital I O 1142 Ent RJ Profile Event Out A 233 Ent Profile Event Out B 234 Ent C Profile Event Out C 235 EnL d Profile Event Out D 236 Ent Profile Event Out E 247 EntF Profile Event Out F 248 Ent Profile Event Out G 249 EntA Profile Event Out H 250 FUnj Function Key 1001 L 9C Logic 239 EPT Timer 244 uf Variable 245 Counter 1 to 24 1 to 250 1 12226 0x82 130 30004 uint Si b Source Instance B offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set the instance of the 4 function selected above 52b Counter 1 to 24 0 to 16 0 12230 0x82 130 30006 uint SZb Source Zone B offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set the zone of the function 6 selected above Counter 1 to 24 High 37 High 12242 0x82 130 30012
157. egisters 112 amp 113 Pointer 37 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 272 amp 273 Value of Pointer 37 Registers 114 amp 115 Pointer 38 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 274 amp 275 Value of Pointer 38 Registers 116 amp 117 Pointer 39 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 276 amp 277 Value of Pointer 39 Registers 118 amp 119 Pointer 40 lt 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 278 amp 279 Value of Pointer 40 Appendix Registers Default Pointers Registers 120 amp 121 Modbus Default Assembly Structure 120 199 Assembly Definition Assembly Working Registers Pointer 41 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 280 amp 281 Value of Pointer 41 Registers 122 amp 123 Pointer 42 lt 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 282 amp 283 Value of Pointer 42 Registers 124 amp 125 Pointer 43 lt 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers284 amp 285 Value of Pointer 43 Registers 126 amp 127 Pointer 44 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 286 amp 287 Value of Pointer 44 Pointer 45 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 128 amp 129 Registers 288 amp 289 Value of Pointer 45 Registers 130 amp 131 Pointer 46 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 290 amp 2
158. ent 06 03 04 Singapore 139965 Tel 65 6773 9488 Fax 65 6778 0323 Europe Watlow France Tour d Asni res 4 Avenue Laurent C ly 92600 Asni res sur Seine France T l 33 0 1 41 32 79 70 T l copie 33 0 1 47 33 36 57 Email info watlow fr Website www watlow fr Watlow GmbH Postfach 11 65 Lauchwasenstr 1 D 76709 Kronau Germany Tel 49 0 7253 9400 0 Fax 49 0 7253 9400 900 Email info watlow de Website www watlow de Watlow Italy S r l Viale Italia 52 54 20094 Corsico MI Italy Tel 39 024588841 Fax 39 0245869954 Email italyinfo watlow com Website www watlow it Watlow Ib rica S L U C Marte 12 Posterior Local 9 E 28850 Torrej n de Ardoz Madrid Spain T 34 91 675 12 92 F 34 91 648 73 80 Email info watlow es Website www watlow es Watlow UK Ltd Linby Industrial Estate Linby Nottingham NG15 8AA United Kingdom Telephone 0 115 964 0777 Fax 0 115 964 0071 Email info watlow co uk Website www watlow co uk From outside The United Kingdom Tel 44 115 964 0777 Fax 44 115 964 0071 Watlow Korea Co Ltd 1406 E amp C Dream Tower 46 Yangpyeongdong 3ga Yeongdeungpo gu Seoul 150 103 Republic of Korea Tel 82 2 2628 5770 Fax 82 2 2628 5771 Website www watlow co kr Email info watlow com sg Website www watlow com sg Watlow Australia Pty Ltd 4 57 Sharps Road Tullamarine VIC 3043 Australia Tel 61 3 9335 6449 Fax 6
159. er grounding and handling tech niques when installing or servic ing product Unit protected by double rein forced insulation for shock hazard prevention Do not throw in trash use proper recycling techniques or consult manufacturer for proper disposal Enclosure made of Polycarbonate material Use proper recycling techniques or consult manufac turer for proper disposal Unit can be powered with either alternating current ac voltage or direct current dc voltage Unit is a Listed device per Un derwriters Laboratories It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for Process Control Equipment UL 61010 and CSA C22 2 No 61010 File E185611 QUYX QUYX7 See www ul com PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT Unit is a Listed device per Un derwriters Laboratories It has been evaluated to United States and Canadian requirements for Hazardous Locations Class 1 Division II Groups A B C and D ANSI ISA 12 12 01 2007 File E184390 QUZW QUZW7 See www ul com Wu 2581 LISTED PROC CONT EQ FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS Unit is compliant with European Union directives See Declaration of Conformity for further details on Directives and Standards used for Compliance Unit has been reviewed and ap proved by Factory Mutual as a Temperature Limit Device per FM Class 3545 standard See www fmglobal com Unit has been reviewed and ap proved by CSA International for use as Temperature Ind
160. ergistic use of hardware such as using one loop s sensor as a backup to an other loop in the event of sensor failure Helps prevent load loss or allow for maintenance to be scheduled when more convenient Provides notification of system problems to help reduce maintenance and service costs Off the Shelf Designed System Solution mproves system reliability with a factory inte grated solution that minimizes inter module con nections and potential problems at screw termina tion points Reduces installation cost Eliminates compatibility headaches often encoun tered with using many different components and brands Controller Handles High Ambient Tempera tures Operates in an unprecedented temperature range of 18 to 65 C 0 to 149 F for cabinets and panel enclosures with elevated temperature levels Memory for Saving and Restoring User De fined Parameter Default Settings Allows customers to save and restore their own defined defaults for machine parameter settings Reduces service calls and downtime due to inad vertent end user parameter adjustments Modules Allow for Greater Design Flexibility e Allows PID loops to be added in increments of four Module can scale from 4 to 16 total loops e Saves money because you do not pay for any more than you need and dont settle for any less func tionality than you need Synergistic Module Control Allows outputs selected for control heat cool alarms or
161. es such as Cat 5 cabling TR LL Dal not route with power carrying conductors ES om Explosion Hazard Substitution of ERE component may impair suitability for IEEE ails g CLASS I DIVISION 2 Dri APF H sz mii Warning FQ Safir boat Modbus RTU ing L T E x P 1 Son bt W A M Explosion Hazard Do not disconnect l d aD while the circuit is live or unless the dn area is known to be free of ignitable Um En E L i concentrations of flammable sub d e ocooooooGOQs5 stances 0847 0326 0000 Note Do not leave a USB to EIA 485 converter connected to Standard Bus without power i e disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on Standard Bus Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 2 Install and Wire vene N Use National Electric NEC or other country specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or pe ripheral devices Failure to do so may result in dam
162. es this type of output is required by the device that the EZ ZONE RMH controls such as a three way valve that opens one way with a 12 to 20mA signal and opens the other way with a 4 to 12mA signal This feature reduces the overall system cost by using a single output to act as two outputs Outputs 1 and 3 can be ordered as process out puts Select duplex as the Output Function Setup Page Output Menu Set the output to volts or milliamps with Output Type o t Y Set the range of the process output with Scale Low and Scale High 55h 4 Cool Output Curve A nonlinear output curve may improve performance when the response of the output device is nonlinear If a cool output uses one of the nonlinear curves a PID calculation yields a lower actual output level than a linear output would provide These output curves are used in plastics extruder applications curve 1 for oil cooled extruders and curve 2 for water cooled extruders Al Actual Output Power PID Calculation Select a nonlinear cool output curve with Cool Out put Curve Setup Menu Loop Menu Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point The retransmit feature allows a process output to provide an analog signal that represents the set point or process value The signal may serve as a remote set point for another controller or as an input for a chart recorder documenting system performance over time In choosing the type of retran
163. es will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with another interface If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 95 e Chapter 5 Factory Page RM High Density Module s Factory Page CIP Parameter Name Wachu Class Display Describti n Relative Instance p Address Attribute hex dec Data Profibus Parameter Type Index ID amp Read Write 3023 uint R ecurity Setting Menu Security Setting Operations Page Change the security level of the Operations Page Security Setting oF F Off Password Enable on On Turn security features on or off Security Setting 5 Read Lock Set the read security clear ance level The user can ac cess the selected level and all lower levels If the Set Lockout Security level is higher than the Read Lockout Security the Read Lockout Security level takes priority Security Setting 5 Write Security Set the write security clear ance level The user can ac cess the selected level and all lower levels If the Set Lockout Security level is higher than the Read Lockout Security the Read Lockout Security level takes priority Security Setting Locked Access Level Determines user level menu visibility when security is enabled See Features section under Password Security Security Setting Lock 228 Locked State User 1684 Current level of security Admin 1685 Security Setting
164. eter is only 2 used with PID control but can be set anytime otb Digital Output 1 to 12 0 1 to 60 0 for switched DC 1824 0x6A 76 6003 float o tb Time Base SSR 5 0 to 60 0 for mechan offset 30 106 RWES Set the time base for fixed ical relays 1 to 12 time base control 3 Colo Digital Output 1 to 12 0 0 to 100 0 0 0 1836 0x6A 77 6009 float L o Lo Low Power Scale loffset 30 106 RWES The power output will nev 1 to 12 er be less than the value 9 specified and will represent the value at which output scaling begins oh Digital Output 1 to 12 0 0 to 100 0 100 0 1838 0x6A 78 6010 float o hi High Power Scale offset 30 106 RWES The power output will 1 to 12 never be greater than the OxA 10 value specified and will represent the value at which output scaling stops ACE Action Menu Fa Action 1 to 24 non None 61 None 2184 Ox6E 113 10003 uint Fn Function US c User Settings Re offset 20 110 RWES Set the action that will be store 227 1to 24 triggered by this function ALP Alarm Reset 6 3 5 L Silence Alarms 108 figF Control Loops Off and Alarms to Non alarm State 220 FAL Force Alarm to Occur 218 dL E Idle Set Point Enable level triggered 107 E Un E Tune edge triggered 98 PR a Manual Auto Mode level triggered 54 oF F Switch Control Loop Off level triggered 90 r E n Remote Set Point En able 216 EJA TRU TUNE Dis able level triggered 219 Action
165. evel Analog Input Menu S ad inicia Padi D C o 52d Source Zone A J Analog Input 1 to 16 F aE Source Function E SEn Sensor Type S Source Instance E L n Linearization GZE Source Zone E Un t Units CP Cross Over Point Control Loop Menu BL o Scale Low Cb Cross Over Band C 7 5h Scale High Punt Pressure Units Control Loop 1 to 16 cL o Range Low Aunt Altitude Units SF n A Loop Source ch Range High b P Barometric Pressure S A Source Instance PEE Process Error Enable F LU Filter S ne m BEL Process Error Low f ool Algorithm EL Thermistor Curve E Digital Input Output Men LL Cool Output Curve r r Resistance Range 2tt gr pus wp suu h Pb Heat Proportional Band i Ls h h Y Heat Hysteresis a ees i Digital HO 1 to 12 CPb Cool Proportional Band Te ee Gree d r Direction Ch y Cool H vases dEC Display Precision Fn Function Sa Miel L A Calibration Offset Fa Function instance yn gral A n Process Value EJA S Zone A t d Time Derivative Error Status EHI Source Zone db Dead Band d oft Control E E Un Tru Tune Enable Pur o t b Time Base L bad Tru Tune Band Process Value Menu oLo Low Power Scale E9n Tru Tune Gain L 14 oh High Power Scale RESP Autotune Set Point Pu Process Value 1 to 16 CREE E H9 Autotune Aggressiveness Eal Function SEE Action Menu PgL Peltier Delay SF nA Source Function A C 7 r En Remote Set Point Enable _S A Source Instance A Action 1 to 24 SPS Remote Set
166. events to be located in any physical module regardless of which module is connected to the input sensor Split Rail Control e Allows modules to be mounted together or mount ed remotely from one another e Shares control operation via Synergistic Module Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module s Chapter 1 Overview Control capability e Allows individual modules to be mounted closer to the physical input and output devices to which they are wired mproves system reliability and lowers wiring costs Agency Approvals UL listed CE RoHS W E E E SEMI F47 0200 Class 1 Div 2 Rating on Selected Models Assures prompt product acceptance Reduces panel builder s documentation and agency costs Removable Connectors Assures reliable wiring and reduces service calls e Simplifies installation Three Year Warranty Demonstrates Watlow s reliability and product sup port Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 1 Overview A Conceptual View of the RMH The flexibility of the RMH s software and hardware allows for variation in configurations Acquiring a better understanding of its functionality and capa bilities while at the same time planning out how the controller can be used will deliver maximum effec tiveness in your application It is useful to think of the controller in three parts inputs procedures and outputs Information flows from an input to a procedure to an output when the controller is properly co
167. f return to the Home Page choice On the following pages top level menus are identified 4 If a submenu exists more than one instance press with a yellow background color the Up or Down Q key to select and then press the Advance Key to enter Note Some of these menus and parameters may not appear depending on the controller s options See model number information in the Appendix for more information If there is only one instance of a menu no sub menus will appear Note Some of the listed parameters may not be visible Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number CAL Custom Setup Menu FCEY Calibration Menu i Custom Setup 1 to 50 ACE Calibration 1 to 16 PAr Parameter Electrical Measurement 1 d Instance ID EL o Electrical Input Offset Electrical Input Slope Lol Security Setting Menu Lol Security Setting LoCo Operations Page BRE Password Enable r LoL Read Lock oC Write Security ol Locked Access Level ro Rolling Password A S u User Password 85 8 Administrator Password ULo FCEY Security Setting Menu Lol Security Setting Co gE Public Key P855 Password Diagnostics Menu Diagnostics Pal Part Number c u Software Revision 5 6L d Software Build Number C Ba Serial Number JAE E Date of Manufacture o 70 m Ca r m m m D c D p Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 94 lt Chapte
168. four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces Note If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module e Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class f Type Display e Range Default Relative Instance jesus gis ud 4 pion Address Attribute Dose Read hex dec Write SFnh Logic 1 to 24 non E None 61 None 9354 Ox7F 127 27008 uint L SFn h Source Function H ALP Alarm 6 offset 80 1to24 RWES Set the type of function CPE Compare 230 8 m be used for this CEF Counter 231 d o Digital I O 1142 Ent RJ Profile Event Out A 233 En t5 Profile Event Out B 234 En t C Profile Event Out C 235 Ent Profile Event Out D 236 EnL E Profile Event Out E 247 EntF Profile Event Out F 248 Ent3 Profile Event Out G 249 EntA Profile Event Out H 250 FUn Function Key 1001 L P9 Limit 126 L 9C Logic 239 oF I Special Function Out put 1 1532 5o F9 Special Function Out put 2 1533 5o F3 Special Function Out put 3 1534 SoF 4 Special Function Out
169. fthe unit cannot be repaired you will receive a letter of expla nation and be given the option to have the unit returned to you at your expense or to have us scrap the unit 7 Watlow reserves the right to charge for no trouble found NTF returns This EZ ZONE RM High Density User s Guide is copy righted by Watlow Electric Inc O December 2013 with all rights reserved EZ ZONE RM is covered by U S Patent No 6 005 577 and Patents Pending Table of Contents Chapter 1 Overview 0 0 e e e BR 3 A Conceptual View of the RMH e cece eee eee 6 Getting Started Quickly 0 ccc ccc eee eee ees 9 DIMENSIONS o es bere aie neueste Re RR EROR eres EE 15 Chapter 2 Install and Wip 0 0 0 ccc eee eee 15 Power Supplies sm out duet sb e bt sat et hn ade dead diva 17 RMH Installation and Removal on a DIN Rail 18 U DU 20 Conventions Used in the Menu Pages 00000 eee ee 35 Chapter 3 Operations Pages 0 000 cece eee eee 37 Analog Input Men uere Rx REESE 39 Process Valil amp Men eee obo Made e 39 Digital Input Output Menu RR 40 Action MENU ieii iuias iiia bh eee ede aay 40 Monitor Menus ene bed Deere SKA Z Te KE REPAS 41 Control Loop Menu e IR 41 Alarm MENU senage nissa hee eee RERO PR SERNER BIS 43 Linearization Menu iicet 44 Compare Menu a R resini erei nt IH n 45 Timer Men iio avn che thee keene eeu ia 45 Counter Mer
170. ge CIP Data Modbus Class 3 Type Display ra ine Range Default Relative Instance jas Gre Eas anal Address Attribute boss Read hex dec Write SF d Math 1 to 24 non None 61 None 6546 0x7D 25004 uint SFn d Source Function D A Analog Input 142 offset 70 125 RWES Set the type of function CUr r Current 22 1 to 24 that will be used for this CPF Cool Power Control 4 pounce Loop 161 4P Heat Power Control Loop 160 PL Jr Power Control Loop 73 Lor Linearization 238 PARE Math 240 P u Process Value 241 SP C Set Point Closed Control Loop 242 SB Set Point Open Con trol Loop 243 uA Variable 245 Sad Math 1 to 24 1to 250 1 6556 0x7D 25009 uint Si d Source Instance D offset 70 125 RWES Set the instance of the 1 to 24 function selected above 9 Sag Math 1 to 24 0 to 16 0 6566 0x7D 25014 uint SZd Source Zone D offset 70 125 RWES Set the zone of the function 1to 24 selected above OxE 14 Math 1 to 24 non t None 61 None 6548 0x7D 25005 uint SFn E Source Function E ALP Alarm 6 offset 70 125 RWES Set the type of function CPE Compare 230 1to24 that will be used for this 5 SUBE Ct Counter 231 d o Digital I O 1142 Ent RJ Profile Event Out A 233 En t b Profile Event Out B 234 En tC Profile Event Out C 235 En E g Profile Event Out D 236 EakE Profile Event Out E 247 En E F Profile Event Out F
171. ge go to the Setup Page Ana log Input Menu e All Process Value functions are set to off to change go to the Setup Page Process Value Menu e PID for all loops are set to heat and cool is off to change go to the Setup Page Loop Menu e All outputs are set to off to change go to the Set up Page Output Menu Once the control has been wired and setup power up the control and change the appropriate set points to the desired value on the RUI push the up and or down arrow key from the Home Page EZ ZONE RMH Default Configuration Input PID Output Function Controller Function All Analog Inputs Heat All Outputs Thermocouple Type J NT ae All Loops Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module s Chapter 1 Overview EZ ZONE RMH Module System Diagram 16 Control Loops Slots A B D and E R MH x 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 AAA A Input Output Function Function K Analog Input 1 through 16 PID None Thermocouple 2 Wire RTD 100 1k Controller j Thermistor 5k 10K 20k 40k Process V mV mA or 1K Potentiometer Slot A B D E 4D Zone and Status PIRE L ED Indicates Zone RUI EIA 485 Communications Modbus RTU Address T nom Standard Bus PC PLC or HMI optional Modbus RTU Address 1 16 Zone Selection Standard Bus Push to select Zone Zone 1 16 m Address and Protocol Supervisory amp Power Board G Card Status eo O
172. he B termi nal of the EIA 485 port Wire common to the com mon terminal of the EIA 485 port Do not route network wires with power wires Connect network wires in daisy chain fashion when con necting multiple devices in a network A termination resistor may be required Place a 120 0 resistor across T R and T R of last controller on network Only one protocol per port is available at a time ei ther Modbus RTU or Stan dard Bus Do not connect more than 16 EZ ZONE controllers on a Standard Bus network Maximum number of EZ ZONE controllers on a Modbus network is 247 maximum network length 1 200 meters 4 000 feet e 1 8th unit load on EIA 485 bus RMHx xxxx x 1 xx EIA TIA 485 Name Watlow Terminal Function Label Terminal Note Do not leave a USB to EIA 485 converter connected to Standard Bus with out power i e disconnecting the USB end from the computer while leaving the converter connected on Standard Bus Disturbance on the Standard Bus may occur Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 30 Chapter 2 Install and Wire
173. her appropriately sized power supply for the remote modules to those same pins When using a split rail configuration ensure that the interconnections for the Inter module Bus and Standard Bus do not exceed 200 feet Standard Bus and the Inter module Buses are different protocols and both are required for split rail configurations Without having both connected communications be tween modules would not be possible RM Controller RM High Densit RM Access Module Module Module SA RMH XXXX XAXX LOMA XXXX XXX Sioto Sior tE Slot B RIZ 398g 2298 QQ ARBRE BEG ER HEHHHH 29 Bi HEHEHI HE Low Voltage Inter module E Standard pus QU Power Supply Split Rail Configuration RM Controller RM Expansion Module PE eg 000 XXXX sae Sl T HE ress5 Ses E jr j lo E Standard Bus Note Unit is not provided with a disconnect use of an external disconnect is required It should be located in close proximity to the unit and be labeled as the disconnect for the unit Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 34 o Chapter 2 Install and Wire Conventions Used in the Menu Pages To better understand the menu pages that follow review the naming conventions used When encoun tered throughout this document the word default implies as shipped from the factory E
174. ibration Menu for this input to the offset val ue 5 Check the Electrical Measurement to see whether it now matches the resistance If it doesn t match adjust Electrical Offset again 6 Measure the high source resistance to ensure it is accurate Connect the high source resistance to the input Read the value of Electrical Measurement for that input 8 Calculate the gain value by dividing the low source signal by this value 9 Set Electrical Slope Factory Page Cali bration Menu for this input to the calculated gain value 10 Check the Electrical Measurement to see wheth er it now matches the signal If it doesn t match adjust Electrical Slope again Set Electrical Offset to 0 and Electrical Slope to 1 to restore factory calibration 1 Filter Time Constant Filtering smoothes an input signal by applying a first order filter time constant to the signal Filter ing the displayed value makes it easier to monitor Filtering the signal may improve the performance of PID control in a noisy or very dynamic system Adjust the filter time interval with Filter Time Setup Page Analog Input Menu Example With a filter value of 0 5 seconds if the process input value instantly changes from 0 to 100 and remained at 100 the display will indicate 100 after five time con stants of the filter value or 2 5 seconds Unfiltered Input Signal Temperature Time Filtered Input Signal Temperature
175. ibute bon Read hex dec Write Fa Output Process 1 to 3 7 oF F Off 62 Off 16542 0x76 118 18002 l uint L Fn to 9 A Analog Input 142 offset 60 1 3 7 9 RWES Function CUr r Current 22 2 Set the type of function that will drive this output LPC Cool Power Control Loop 161 amp P c Heat Power Control Loop 160 PL Jc Power Control Loop 73 Lnr Linearization 238 PAARE Math 240 Pu Process Value 241 SPC Set Point Closed Control Loop 242 SB Set Point Open Con trol Loop 243 Sof Special Function Out put 1 1532 5o F 9 Special Function Out put 2 1533 5o F 3 Special Function Out put 3 1534 5o F 4 Special Function Out put 4 1535 ufl Variable 245 Output Process 1 to 3 7 1to 24 1 16546 0x76 118 18004 Juint to 9 offset 60 1 3 7 9 RWES Function Instance 4 Set the instance of the function selected above Output Process 1 to 3 7 0 to 16 0x76 118 18019 Juint to 9 1 3 7 9 RWES Source Zone A 0x13 19 Set the zone of the function selected above Output Process 1 to 3 7 100 0 to 100 0 16556 0x76 118 18009 float to 9 offset 60 1 3 7 9 RWES Scale Low 9 Set the scale low for pro cess output in electrical units This value in volts or milliamps will correspond to 0 PID power output or range low value Output Process 1 to 3 7 100 0 to 100 0 10 00 16558 0x76 108 18010 float to 9 offset 60 1 3 7 9 RW
176. icating Regulating Equipment per CSA C22 2 No 24 See www csa inter national org Warranty The EZ ZONE RM High Density module is manufactured by ISO 9001 registered processes and is backed by a three year warranty to the first purchaser for use providing that the units have not been misapplied Since Watlow has no control over their use and some times misuse we cannot guarantee against failure Watlows obli gations hereunder at Watlows option are limited to replacement repair or refund of purchase price and parts which upon examina tion prove to be defective within the warranty period specified This warranty does not apply to damage resulting from transportation alteration misuse or abuse The purchaser must use Watlow parts to maintain all listed ratings Technical Assistance If you encounter a problem with your Watlow controller review your configuration information to verify that your selections are consistent with your application inputs outputs alarms limits etc If the problem persists you can get technical assistance from your local Watlow representative see back cover by e mailing your ques tions to wintechsupport watlow com or by dialing 1 507 494 5656 between 7 a m and 5 p m Central Standard Time CST Ask for for an Applications Engineer Please have the following information available when calling Complete model number All configuration information User s Guide Factory Page
177. ill be 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 0x12 18 mapped to input 1 Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces E qus Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 71 Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class x Type Display ji clase Range Default Relative Instance jiu doere amp P Address Attribute Read hex dec Write Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 1 0 14396 0x86 134 124 34009 float ip 2 Input Point 2 units offset 70 1to 24 RWES Set the value that will be 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 9 mapped to output 2 oPe Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 1 0 14416 0x86 134 125 34019 float op 2 Output Point 2 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that willbe 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 0x13 19 mapped to input 2 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 2 0 14398 0x86 134 196 34010 float ip 3 Input Point 3 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that willbe 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C OxA 10 mapped to output 3 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 2 0 14418
178. iods 2 s00 08 e044 Rer RE REA 104 AIIMS ias betietetetoeebtr debo teat o dolos ents boite suben 107 Open Loop Detection 0 0 cc cece cee eee eens 108 Using Lockout to Hide Pages and Menus 108 Using Password Security 0 00 c cece eee eee eee 109 Modbus Using Programmable Memory Blocks 110 Software Configuration 0 0 0 0 0c cece eee eee eens 112 Function Block DescriptionS 0 0 00 cece eee eee 115 Chapter 10 Appendix 0 ccc cece ee eee 143 Modbus Programmable Memory Blocks 143 Troubleshooting Alarms Errors and Module Issues 147 RMH Specifications 0 0 eee eee eens 150 EZ ZONE Rail Mount High Density Module Ordering Information 153 lp her easee Severe bond E E 154 HOW to Reacli US 1 estes ees tire dean ee a cee ak 158 Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module s 2 e Table of Contents Chapter 1 Overview Available EZ ZONE RM System Literature and Resources Document Title and Part Number Description D i h he RM i EZ ZONE Rail Mount Access RMA User s Guide Ganga part number 0600 0072 0000 industrial network how to use data logging module backup and the real time clock The RMC module is an advanced integrated control EZ ZONE Rail Mount Controller RMC User s ler capable of PID and limit control This document Guide part number 0600 0070 0000 describes how to configure and program
179. ive Address 5220 offset 80 5236 offset 80 4110 offset 70 4120 offset 70 4112 offset 70 4122 offset 70 4114 offset 70 4116 offset 70 0 seconds 4118 offset 70 CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Data Type amp Read Write Parameter ID 7001 7009 8009 8010 8012 Profibus 8013 8006 8007 8008 o e et Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Chapter 3 Operations Page Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module RM High Density Module Parameter Name Description Range Control Loop 1 to 16 Open Loop Set Point Set a fixed level of output power when in manual open loop mode 100 0 to 100 0 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C Alo Alarm 1 to 24 A Lo Low Set Point If Alarm Type Setup Page Alarm Menu is set to process set the process value that will trigger a low alarm deviation set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point Alarm 1 to 24 High Set Point If Alarm Type Setup Page Alarm Menu is set to pro
180. larm set point Alarm is set to latching and an alarm occurred in the past ncorrect alarm set point ncorrect alarm source Check cause of over temperature Clear latched alarm Establish correct alarm set point Set alarm source to proper setting Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 147 Appendix Indication Description Possible Cause s Corrective Action No Display No display indication or LED illumination Power to controller is off Fuse open Breaker tripped Safety interlock switch open Separate system limit control acti vated Wiring error ncorrect voltage to controller Turn on power Replace fuse Reset breaker Close interlock switch Reset limit Correct wiring issue Apply correct voltage check part number No Serial Communi cation Cannot establish serial com munications with the con troller Address parameter incorrect ncorrect protocol selected Baud rate incorrect Parity incorrect Wiring error EIA 485 converter issue ncorrect computer or PLC communi cations port ncorrect software setup Wires routed with power cables Termination resistor may be required Set unique addresses on network Match protocol between devices Match baud rate between devices Match parity between devices Correct wiring issue Check settings or replace converter Set correct communication port
181. latched to gether Each module includes matched mating geom etry that facilitates accurate and consistent intercon nections The recommended method of multi module attachment is to first attach individual modules to the rail separately and second to laterally slide the modules together until they touch Refer to steps 1 amp 2 above When the multi module system is attached and laterally positioned to the desired placement the lock ing tab should be engaged to secure the control system to the rail Refer to step 3 above be Module Installation In the picture to the right notice that the arrow is pointing at the top lip of the module on side When in stalling the module simply slide this lip over the top of the Modular Backplane Connector and then push down on the rear of the module where it will seat on the two posts just above the green connector Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 18 lt Chapter 2 Install and Wire Module Removal To remove a module from the Modular Backplane Connector find the red tab protruding from the bottom of the module and pull back on it as shown to the right While pulling back on the red tab the two mounting posts will re lease the module where the mod ule can then be lifted up and out of the Modular Backplane Con nector Removal of the Modular Back plane Connector A module can be removed from the Modular Backplane Connector by inserting a screw driver into the red locking t
182. le as reading a digital input to set a state to true or false or reading a tempera ture to set an alarm state to on or off Alternatively if a failure with the primary sensing device should occur sensor backup could be utilized to avoid an un wanted shutdown To set up a function it s important to tell it what source or instance to use For example if the control is equipped with digital inputs they can be config ured to reset an individual alarm or all alarms If configured as such the next step would be to define which of the available digital inputs would be tied to the alarm reset function The RMH module can be equipped with up to 12 digital inputs instance 1 6 and 7 12 Once the specific input has been selected simply assign the alarm reset function to it Setup Page DIO Menu The last step would be to define the alarm instance that should be reset If zero is en tered for the alarm instance when the digital input selected above is enabled all latched alarms without a currently existing alarm condition will be reset If a specific alarm instance 1 24 is selected it will be that instance alone that will be reset Note Alarms will reset automatically when the condition that caused the alarm goes back to a non alarm state if the alarm latching prompt is set to non latching Setup Page ALM Menu Keep in mind that a function is a user programmed internal process that does not execute any action out side of the
183. lot E Blot D d Options Options Options Product Appendix Index Abt Alarm Blocking 70 109 ACL F AC Line Frequency 93 RLE L Alarm Clear Request 70 ACE Action Menu 39 58 A d SP Alarm Display 70 Rh Alarm High Set Point 42 43 69 70 108 A h Y Alarm Hysteresis 69 108 H Analog Input Menu 38 51 amp S Alarm Source Instance 68 A L Hj Alarm Latching 69 109 RL g Alarm Logic 69 HL Pr Alarm Menu 42 68 108 RS g Alarm Sides 69 R5 Alarm Silencing 70 109 AS Alarm Silence Request 70 ASEt Alarm State 70 RE S P Autotune Set Point 40 62 Ht tna Attention 108 109 At Y Alarm Type 68 108 Aunt Altitude Units 50 56 92 BULK Autotune 40 bRUd Baud Rate 94 b P Barometric Pressure 56 C R 9 Cool Algorithm 60 106 CC c Cool Output Curve 60 104 C E Display Units 93 Ch Y Cool Hysteresis 41 61 106 LPY Control Mode 40 65 C P 8 Control Mode Active 40 CodgE Public Key 98 Cof Communications Menu 94 C P b Cool Proportional Band 41 60 106 CPE Compare Menu 44 73 C P r Cool Power 40 Closed Loop Set Point 41 4 CS 6 C S P Closed Loop Working Set Point 40 Ke Counter Menu 45 77 CU S E Custom Setup 96 dt E Date of Manufacture 99 db Dead Band 42 61 107 dE C Decimal 52 dEL J Dewpoint 88 d A9 Diagnostics Menu 98 99 d o Digi
184. ltiplied divided and offset by constants and process inputs Only inputs that have a source associ ated to them are used in the calculations An error when read can indicate any of the following None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error RTD Error Fail Math Error Not Sourced Stale By Sb be Ua ag Q O C3285 Og y Meg Mig T O CH LLL SEE Setup Page Pu Process Value Menu F n Function Off Sensor Backup Average Crossover Wet Bulb Dry Bulb Switch Over Differential Ratio Add Multiply Absolute Difference Minimum Maximum Square Root Vaisala RH Compensation Pressure to Altitude SF nf Source Function A Analog Input Process Value Source Instance A 1 to 250 Source Zone A 0 to 16 Source Function B None Analog Input Linearization Math Process Value Source Instance B 1 to 250 Source Zone B 0 to 16 Source Instance C 1 to 250 Source Zone C 0 to 16 Source Instance D 1 to 250 Source Zone D 0 to 16 Source Instance E 1 to 250 Source Zone E 0 to 16 Pressure Units PSI Torr mBar Atmosphere Pascal Altitude Units Feet Kilofeet b P Barometric Pressure 10 0 to 16 0 B P Source Function A Filter 0 0 to 60 0 seconds Source Instance A Source Value A S E A Source Value B aPE c Operation Page gt ource Error S Value C Py Process Value Menu ource Value Source Functio
185. lues can be read with other interfaces E Vade Note If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Set Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 76 Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class A Type Display ee i Range Default Relative Instance Pda ate amp pion Address Attribute dcs Read hex dec Write Timer 1 to 24 h 19h High 37 High 13202 0x83 13D 31012 uint SAS b Source Active State B Low 53 offset 50 1to 24 RWES Set what state will be read USC 12 as on Timer 1 to 24 0 0 to 9 999 0 1 0 13204 0x83 131 166 31013 float til Time offset 50 1 to 24 RWES Set the time span that will OxD 13 be measured L Eu Timer 1 to 24 High 37 High 13206 0x83 131 31014 uint LEv Active Level Low 53 offset 50 1 to 24 RWES Set which output state will OxE 14 indicate on Counter Menu Fa Counter 1 to 24 CUP Up 1456 Up 12236 0x82 130 30009 uint Fn Function Down 1457 offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set whether the counter in 9 crements or decrements the count value Decrementing 0 returns 9 999 Increment ing 9 999 retur
186. ly one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 51 lt Chapter 4 Setup Page e Setup Page RM High Density Module Note above If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and CIP Data Modbus Class x Type Display Aas Range Default Relative Instance jiu done amp ESRAR Address Attribute Read hex dec Write Analog Input 1 to 16 Off 62 Off 438 0x68 104 10 4030 luint PEE Process Error Enable Low 53 offset 90 1to 16 RWE Turn the Process Error Ox1E 30 Low feature on or off Analog Input 1 to 16 100 0 to 1 000 0 0 0 440 0x68 104 11 4031 float PEL Process Error Low Value offset 90 1to 16 RWE If the process value drops Ox1F 31 below this value it will trigger an input error Analog Input 1 to 16 A Curve A 1451 CurveA 454 0x68 104 4038 uint L t C Thermistor Curve b Curve B 1452 offset 90 1to 16 RWE Select a curve to apply to C Curve C 1453 0x26 38 the thermistor input CUSE Custom 180 Analog Input 1 to 16 5 5K 1448 40K 452 0x68 104 4037 uint rr Resistance Range 10 10K 1360 offset 90 1to 16 RWE Set the maximum resis
187. mp 1 Hardware ID Registers 332 amp 333 Value of Pointer 67 Registers 174 amp 175 Pointer 68 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 334 amp 335 Value of Pointer 68 Registers 176 amp 177 Pointer 69 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 336 amp 337 Value of Pointer 69 Registers 178 amp 179 Pointer 70 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 338 amp 339 Value of Pointer 70 Registers 180 amp 181 Pointer 71 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 340 amp 341 Value of Pointer 71 Registers 182 amp 183 Pointer 72 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 342 amp 343 Value of Pointer 72 Registers 184 amp 185 Pointer 73 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 344 amp 345 Value of Pointer 73 Registers 186 amp 187 Pointer 74 2 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 346 amp 347 Value of Pointer 74 Registers 188 amp 189 Pointer 75 20 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 348 amp 349 Value of Pointer 75 Registers 190 amp 191 Pointer 76 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 350 amp 351 Value of Pointer 76 Pointer 77 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 192 amp 193 Registers 352 amp 353 Value of Pointer 77 Registers 194 amp 195
188. mp 253 172 amp 173 332 amp 333 94 amp 95 254 amp 255 174 amp 175 334 amp 335 96 amp 97 256 amp 257 176 amp 177 336 amp 337 98 amp 99 256 amp 259 178 amp 179 338 amp 339 100 amp 101 260 amp 261 180 amp 181 340 amp 341 102 amp 103 262 amp 263 182 amp 183 342 amp 343 104 amp 105 264 amp 265 184 amp 185 344 amp 345 106 amp 107 266 amp 267 186 amp 187 346 amp 347 108 amp 109 268 amp 269 188 amp 189 348 amp 349 110 amp 111 270 amp 271 190 amp 191 350 amp 351 112 amp 113 DID TRIS 192 amp 193 352 amp 353 114 amp 115 274 amp 275 194 amp 195 354 amp 355 116 amp 117 276 amp 277 196 amp 197 356 amp 357 118 amp 119 278 amp 279 198 amp 199 358 amp 359 Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 144 e Appendix Modbus Default Assembly Structure 40 119 Assembly Definition Addresses Default Pointers Registers 40 amp 41 Pointer 1 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 42 amp 43 Pointer 2 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 44 amp 45 Pointer 3 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 46 amp 47 Pointer 4 2 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 48 amp 49 Pointer 5 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 50 amp 51 Pointer 6 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 52 amp 53 Pointer 7 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 54 amp 55 Pointer 8 0 amp 1 Har
189. n Function o pr m 7o J F n b Source Function B SF n A Source Function A E Output Menu C 5 b Source Instance B 5 fij Source Instance A of PE Output 1 to 12 52b Source Zone B GZA Source Zone A fal Function E ch Error Handling SF n b Source Function B n n 5 b Source Instance B Function Instance Knn o conc A E Timer Menu A Source Zone A aL E Control SF Ae Source Function C ALE Time Base Timer 1 to 24 Eri Prud visu E aL o Low Power Scale E al Function SE nd Source Function D High Power Scale SF n A Source Function A cad Source Instance D m ETE ME dd Source Zone D a arm Menu ASA Source Active State A 5 m Pn e ALP F nb Source Function B 5 ALP Alarm 1 to 24 b Source Instance B BCE Source Zone E 5 4b Rt y Type BL o Input Scale Low F a Source S Source Mane B 5h Input Scale High 5855 Source Active State B f 5 4 Source Instance E i Time Un Units S 2A Sou
190. n touch safe termi nals 146 X Y Z Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 156 lt Appendix Declaration of Conformity EZ Zone Series RM C 3 WATLOW an ISO 9001 approved facility since 1996 1241 Bundy Blvd Winona MN 55987 USA Declares that the following Series RM Rail Mount products Model Numbers RM followed by additional letters or numbers describing use of up to four module options of various inputs and outputs or communications Classification Temperature control Installation Category Il Pollution degree 2 Voltage and Frequency SELV 24 to 28 V ac 50 60 Hz or dc Power Consumption RMA models 4 Watts any other RM model 7 Watts Environmental Rating IP20 Meet the essential requirements of the following European Union Directives by using the relevant standards show below to indicate compliance 2004 108 EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive EN 61326 1 2006 Electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use EMC requirements Industrial Immunity Class A Emissions Not for use in a Class B environment without additional filtering EN 61000 4 2 2008 Electrostatic Discharge Immunity EN 61000 4 3 2010 Radiated Field Immunity EN 61000 4 4 2011 Electrical Fast Transient Burst Immunity EN 61000 4 5 2006 Surge Immunity EN 61000 4 6 2008 Conducted Immunity EN 61000 4 11 2004 Voltage Dips Short Interruptions and Voltage Variations Immunity EN 61000 3 2 2005 Harmonic Current Emissions EN 6100
191. n B Su Source Value A 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 gt Source Instance B Source Value D 5 ub Source Value B 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Source Zone B s Value E gt Source Error B ource value o Su Source Value C 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 S F C Su d Source Value D 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 ource Function SES Value E Off O Sure SCR E Dues N 1 999 eum 9 999 000 Source Zone C P S Sut Face EE rocess Value __ Source Error C de k oF SE Offset 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 erview Source Function D Instances 16 per RMH gt Source Instance D Source Zone D gt Source Error D Source Function E Source Instance E Output Value gt Source Zone E Error buy gt Source Error E Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 116 e Chapter 6 Features t o CK 4 Os Mn Gey Bey Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Value A gt gt Source Error A ot gt gt gt Process Value gt off gt Output Value Error p gt gt Output Value Filter A Offset Display units follows Source A e amp Qo BO 2 CO Pe On ey Sex LLL yi Source Function A Source Instance A Source Value A Source Value B Source Error A Source Value C Source Function B gt Source Instance B Source Zone B gt Source Error B Source Value D TERR Source Function C gt Source Instance C Source Zone C gt Source E
192. nce E Output Value gt Stale S Zone E H ereo Error gt Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 499 3 Paneer K a y L On 22 Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Value A gt Source Zone A 22x Source Error A Source Value B gt Source Value C gt Source Value D Source Value E Math gt Off gt Output Value gt Error p gt gt Output Value Filter A Offset Display units follows Source A T NN e ee XS tu Tum Source Function A Source Value A gt gt Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Value B gt Source Error A Source Function B L gt Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Value E gt Source Error B Math el Process Scale gt Source Function E Output Value Source Instance E Source Zone E Error p gt Source Error E If E OFF Output Value Filter Range High Range Low Scale High Scale Low A Scale Low Range Low Offset If E ON Output Value Filter B Offset Scale Low High and Range Low High follows Source A display units 77 Rez amp Q R 4h Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Value A Source Zone A Value B gt Source Error A Soure Value md Source Function B UM A gt Source Instance B Source Value D Source Zone B Source Value E Sou
193. nces High Density Module Wiring RMHx xxxx xxxx Low Power RMH ALL Model Numbers 20 4 to 30 8 V ac de Slot C e 47 to 63 Hz Controller module power consumption 7 Watts maxi mum 14VA SeceSsesese e 31 Watts maximum power available for P S part 0847 0299 0000 98 99 60 Watts maximum power available for P S part uw I 0847 0300 0000 am JEAEAEANY 91 Watts maximum power available for P S part g 0847 0301 0000 5 Class 2 or SELV power source required to meet UL compliance standards Communications RMH Part Digit 10 is A Slot C CF CD CE Standard Bus EIA485 Communications CZ CX CY Inter module Bus EIA485 Communica CN CN CN CN CN CS CN tions 7 J KO KO KO NO KA XC Do not route network wires with power wires Connect CF CD CE CZ CX CY network wires in daisy chain fashion when connecting ST J YER Jj J T multiple devices in a network Sa fF S F IER JEU 5 Ps Communications RMH Part Digit 10 is 1 CC CA CB Modbus and Standard Bus
194. nd in the Setup Page under the Alarm menu Instance one is shown as ad dress 2670 and 60 is identified as the offset to the next instance If there was a desire to read or write to the same member instance 3 simply add 120 to 2670 to find its address in this case the instance 3 address for Alarm Silencing is 2790 To learn more about the Modbus protocol point your browser to http www modbus org Note There are two columns shown in the menus that follow for communications protocols identified as CIP Common Industrial Protocol and Profibus These columns will be useful if this control is used in conjunction with the RMA module or the EZ ZONE Remote User Interface Gateway RUI GTW where those protocols can be selected as optional hardware For this module RMH as a secondary protocol beyond Standard Bus Modbus RTU can be ordered as optional hardware To learn more about the RUI GTW point your browser to the link below and search for keyword EZ ZONE http www watlow com literature pti_search cfm Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module s 36 Chapter 2 Menu Conventions Chapter 3 Operations Pages Navigating the Operations Page To navigate to the Operations Page using the RUI fol low the steps below 1 From the Home Page press both the Up and Down Q keys for three seconds will appear the Up or Down Q key to select and then press the Advance Key to enter 5 Press the Up or Down Q key to move through a
195. nfigured An RMH con troller can carry out several procedures at the same time e g PID control monitoring for several differ ent alarm situations monitoring and acting upon digital inputs and driving output devices such as heaters audible alarms lights Each process needs to be thought out carefully and the controller s inputs procedures and outputs set up properly Inputs The inputs provide the information that any given programmed procedure can act upon Simply stated this information may come from an operator pushing a button or from a sensor monitoring the tempera ture of a part being heated or cooled Each analog input typically uses a thermocouple RTD or thermistor to read the process temperature It can also read volts current or resistance allowing it to use various devices to read humidity air pres sure operator inputs and others values Each analog input must be configured to match the device con nected to that input see Analog Input Menu Setup Page Each digital input reads whether a device is active or inactive An RMH equipped with digital input out put hardware includes two sets of terminals where each of which can be used as either an input or an output Each pair of terminals must be configured to function as either an input or output with the di rection parameter see Digital Input Output Menu Setup Page Functions Functions use input signals to calculate a value A function may be as simp
196. ns 0 Counter 1 to 24 non None 61 None 12220 0x82 130 30001 uint SFn A Source Function A BUT Alarm 6 offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set the type of function CPE Compare 230 1 that will be used for the counter clock signal LEZ Counter 231 d o Digital I O 1142 Ent RJ Profile Event Out A 233 Ent Profile Event Out B 234 Ent Profile Event Out C 235 En t gd Profile Event Out D 236 En EE Profile Event Out E 247 En E F Profile Event Out F 248 Ent3 Profile Event Out G 249 EntA Profile Event Out H 250 FUn Function Key 1001 L 9C Logic 239 E P1 Timer 244 uc Variable 245 Counter 1 to 24 1to 250 1 12224 0x82 130 30003 uint Si A Source Instance A offset 40 1 to 24 RWES Set the instance of the 3 function selected above Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces E ri Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 77 Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class Type Display parom tome Range D
197. nt Instances 1 16 per RMH Process Value Active gt Loop Power o PE c Operation Page SEE Setup Page Pon Monitor Menu L oo P Loop Menu CATA Control Mode Active Off Auto Manual SF aH Source Function A Analog Input Process Value h P Heat Power 0 0 to 100 0 96 Source Instance A not changeable Heat Algorithm Off PID On Off Cool Algorithm Off PID On Off Cool Output Curve Off Non linear curve 1 Non linear curve 2 Heat Proportional Band 0 001 to 9 999 000 Heat Hysteresis 0 001 to 9 999 000 oPE c Operation Page Cool Proportional Band 0 001 to 9 999 000 LooP Loop Menu Cool Hysteresis 0 001 to 9 999 000 E Time Integral 0 to 9 999 seconds E P Cool Power 0 0 to 100 0 CSP Closed Loop Set Point 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 P 4H Process Value Active 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Remote Set Point Enable No Yes Control Mode Off Auto Manual E d Time Derivative 0 to 9 999 seconds Autotune Set Point 50 to 200 96 J6 Deadband 1 000 000 to 1 000 000 n TRU TUNE Enable No Yes y TRU TUNE Band 0 to 100 E 8o TRU TUNE Gain 1 to 6 Rt SP Autotune Set Point 50 to 200 96 Autotune No Yes Closed Loop Set Point 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Idle Set Point 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Heat Proportional Band 0 001 to 9 999 000 h h Y Heat Hysteresis 0 001 to 9 999 000 Cool Proportional Band 0 001 to 9 999 000 Ch 9
198. nt Out G En E h Profile Event Out H Function Key 1001 Special Function Out SoF g Special Function Out SoF 3 Special Function Out SoF 4 Special Function Out 9348 offset 80 None Ox7F 127 1 to 24 5 27005 uint RWES Logic 1 to 24 Source Instance E Set the instance of the function selected above 1 to 250 1 9364 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 D 13 27013 uint RWES Logic 1 to 24 Source Zone E Set the zone of the function selected above 0 to 16 0 9380 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 0x15 21 27021 uint RWES Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces Note If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module Setup Page Display Parameter Name Description Range Default Modbus Relative Address CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Profibus Index Parameter ID Data Type Read Write BE aE L SFn F Logic 1 to 24 Source Function F source Set the type of function that will be used for this
199. nter and Down Q keys for six seconds will ap 5 Press the Up O or Down Q key to move through pear in the upper display and will appear in available menu prompts the lower display 6 Press the Infinity Key to move backwards Note through the levels parameter to submenu submenu If keys are released when is displayed to menu menu to Home Page press the Infinity Key or reset key to exit and repeat until BEL is displayed 2 Press the Up O or Down Q key to view available menus On the following pages top level menus are identified with a yellow background color 7 Press and hold the Infinity Key for two seconds to return to the Home Page 3 Press the Advance Key to enter the menu of choice Note Some of these menus and parameters may not appear depending on the controller s options See model number information in the Appendix for more information If there is only one instance of a menu no sub menus will appear Note Some of the listed parameters may not be visible Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number SF n d Source Function D LES Active L
200. ntrations of flammable sub stances Quencharc Wiring Example In this example the Quencharc circuit Watlow partit 0804 0147 0000 is used to protect internal circuitry from the counter elec tromagnetic force from the induc tive user load when deenergized It is recommended that this or an equivalent Quencharc be used when connecting inductive loads to outputs Standard Bus EIA 485 Communications Slot C O O g O m UO n HL u tL Wire T R to the A termi nal of the EIA 485 port e Wire T R to the B termi nal of the EIA 485 port Wire common to the com mon terminal of the EIA 485 port Do not route network wires with power wires Connect network wires in daisy chain fashion when connecting multiple de vices in a network e A 120 termination resis tor may be required across T R and T R placed on the last controller on the network Do not connect more than 16 EZ ZONE RM control lers on a network maximum network length 1 200 meters 4 000 feet 1 8th unit load on EIA 485 bus RMHx xxxx x A xx All models include Standard Bus communications Modbus RTU or Standard Bus EIA 485 Communications Slot C Modbus IDA Wire T R to the A termi nal of the EIA 485 port Wire T R to t
201. ntrol ler will indicate an input error message in the upper display and in the lower display and respond to the failure according to the setting of Input Error Failure FA L You can configure the controller to perform a bumpless transfer b PL 5 switch power to output a preset fixed level PNA n or turn the out put power off Bumpless transfer will allow the controller to transfer to the manual mode using the last power value calculated in the auto mode if the process had stabilized at a 5 percent output power level for the time interval of Time Integral Operations Page Loop prior to sensor failure and that power level is less than 75 percent Set Point Actual Temperature Sehsor Break Temperature 100 iN Output Power m E Ve eer 2 minutes s Locks in Power Output Power gt Time Input Error Latching Setup Page Ana log Input Menu determines the controller s response once a valid input signal returns to the controller If latching is on then the controller will continue to indicate an input error until the error is cleared To clear a latched alarm press the Advance Key then the Up Key O If latching is off the controller will automatically clear the input error and return to reading the tem perature If the controller was in the auto mode when the input error occurred it will resume closed loop control If the controller was in manual mode when the
202. ntroller will automati 1 cally control to Control Loop 1 to 16 Low Set Point to High Set 75 0 F or 5236 0x6B 50 7009 float id S Idle Set Point Point Setup Page units offset 80 107 RWES Set a closed loop set point 24 0 C 1 to 16 that can be triggered by 9 an event state SPL al Control Loop 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 1 999 F 5228 0x6B 52 7005 float SP Lo Set Point Open Limit units or units offset 80 107 RWES Low 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 1 128 C 1 to 16 Set the minimum value 5 of the open loop set point range SP Control Loop 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 1 999 F 5230 0x6B 53 7006 float SP hi Set Point Open Limit units or units offset 80 107 RWES High 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 1 128 C 1 to 16 Set the maximum value 6 of the open loop set point range Control Loop 1 to 16 100 0 to 100 0 0 0 5222 0x6B 51 7002 float o SP Open Loop Set Point offset 80 107 RWES Set a fixed level of output 1 to 16 power when in manual 2 open loop mode CP Control Loop 1 to 16 oF F Off 62 Auto 4100 0x97 63 8001 uint C M Control Mode Auto 10 offset 70 151 RWES Select the method that Manual 54 1to 16 this loop will use to con 1 trol Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces s ei Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear The
203. ocking Alarm blocking allows a system to warm up after it has been started up With alarm blocking on an alarm is not triggered when the process tempera ture is initially lower than the alarm low set point or higher than the alarm high set point The process temperature has to enter the normal operating range beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the alarm function Turn alarm blocking on or off with Blocking Setup Page Alarm Menu Open Loop Detection When Open Loop Detection is enabled l d E the controller will look for the power output to be at 100 Once there the control will then begin to mon itor the Open Loop Detect Deviation L dg as it relates to the value entered for the Open Loop Detect Time L d E If the specified time period expires and the deviation does not occur an Open Loop Error will be triggered Once the Open Loop Error condi tion exists the control mode will go off Note All prompts identified in this section can be found in the Loop Menu of the Setup Page Using Lockout to Hide Pages and Menus If unintentional changes to parameter settings might raise safety concerns or lead to downtime your can use the lockout feature to make them more secure Each of the menus in the Factory Page and each of the pages except the Factory Page has a security level assigned to it You can change the read and write access to these menus and pages by using the parameters in the Lockout Menu Factory
204. odbus Programmable Memory Blocks please read through the text below which defines the column headers used Assembly Definition Addresses Fixed addresses used to define the parameter that will be stored in the Working Addresses which may also be referred to as a pointer The value stored in these addresses will reflect point Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 110 Chapter 6 Features to the Modbus address of a parameter within the controller Assembly Working Addresses Fixed addresses directly related to their associ ated Assembly Definition Addresses e g As sembly Working Addresses 200 amp 201 will as sume the parameter pointed to by Assembly Defi nition Addresses 40 amp 41 When the Modbus address of a target parameter is stored in an Assembly Definition Address its cor responding working address will return that param eter s actual value If it s a writable parameter writ ing to its working register will change the param eter s actual value As an example Modbus register 410 contains the Analog Input 1 Process Value See Operations Page Analog Input Menu If the value 410 is loaded into Assembly Definition Address 91 the process value sensed by analog input 1 will also be stored in Mod bus registers 250 and 251 Note that by default all registers are set to Hardware ID The table See Appendix Modbus Programmable Memory Blocks identified as Assembly Definition Addresses and Assembly Wo
205. offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that willbe 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 0x17 23 mapped to input 6 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 6 0 14406 0x86 134 134 34014 float ip 7 Input Point 7 units offset 70 1to 24 RWES Set the value that will be 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C E 14 mapped to output 7 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 6 0 14426 0x86 134 135 34024 float op 7 Output Point 7 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that willbe 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 0x18 24 mapped to input 7 Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display eld Full values can be read with other interfaces ud K r Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 72 e Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module e Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class r Type Display a Range Default Relative Instance ea dais amp pel Address Attribute DU Read hex dec Write Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 7 0 14408 0x86 134 136 34015 float ip 8 Input Point 8 units offset 70 1to24 RWES Set the value that will be 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C OxF 15 mapped
206. offset 90 1to 16 0x16 22 Pu oPEc Process Value Menu Process Value 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F Sv A Source Value A or units View the value of Source A 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 8250 Ox 7E 126 offset 70 1 to 16 0x10 16 Sub Process Value 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F Sv b Source Value B or units View the value of Source B 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C Ox7E 126 1to 16 0x11 17 Analog Input 1 to 16 Clear Latch 1221 436 0x68 104 Clear Latched Input Er offset 90 1 to 16 ror Ox1D 29 Clear latched input when input error condition no longer exists Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values R Read can be read with other interfaces W Write If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear E EEPROM User Set Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 39 e Chapter 3 Operations Page RM High Density Module s Operations Page CIP Modbus Class Relative Instance Data Profibus Parameter Type Address Attribute D Prs hex dec Process Value 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 8254 Ox7E 126 26018 float Source Value C or units offset 70 1 to 16 R View the value of Source C 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 0x12 18 Process Value 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 8256 0x7E 126 26019 float Source Value D or units offset 70 1to 16 R View the value of Source D 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C
207. ofile Event Out C 235 En t gd Profile Event Out D 236 En EE Profile Event Out E 247 EntF Profile Event Out F 248 En t 9 Profile Event Out G 249 EntA Profile Event Out H 250 FUn Function Key 1001 L 9C Logic 239 oF I Special Function Out put 1 1532 5o F 9 Special Function Out put 2 1533 55 F 3 Special Function Out put 3 1534 5o F 4 Special Function Out put 4 1535 E Plc Timer 244 ufl Variable 245 Timer 1 to 4 1 to 250 1 13184 0x83 13D 31003 uint L Si A Source Instance A offset 50 1 to 24 RWES Set the instance of the 3 function selected above Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces E vig Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 75 Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class 3 Type Display iera iine Range Default Relative Instance jus jeg ds pion Address Attribute boss Read hex dec Write SOR Timer 1 to 4 0 to 16 0 13188 0x83 131 31005 uint SZA Source Zone A offset 50 1to24
208. oftware Revision Software Build Number Serial Number Diagnostics Date of Manufacture Overview Hardware ID Device Status Instances 1 per RMH Device Name Factory Page Diagnostics Menu Bal Part Number scrolls on display r Eu Software Revision 4 00 5 b L d Software Build Number 0 1 2 Bal Serial Number xxxxxx dRA E Date of Manufacture YWW format Hardware ID 113 RMH Device Status OK Fail Device Name EZ ZONE RM Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 142 Chapter 6 Features Chapter 10 Appendix Modbus Programmable Memory Blocks The Modbus assembly contains 40 pointers to the parameters of your choosing starting at Modbus register 40 shown on the following page The pointers are 32 bits long so are stored in two sequential registers As an example if we want to move an alias to the analog input of the RMH register 380 into register 40 we perform a multiple write command 0x10 function of 380 into register 40 and 381 into register 41 as a single multi write command Once the parameters of choice have been defined and written to the pointer registers the working registers 200 to 279 then represent those parameters Therefore as in the example above if 380 is in register 40 381 in register 41 register 200 amp 201 contains the 32 bit floating point result for analog input 1 Z ModbusTest Read Write Commands DOREM Write Data Int18 0 float 0 0 m Read Data dec hex
209. ointer 10 Registers 220 amp 221 Value of Pointer 11 Registers 222 amp 223 Value of Pointer 12 Registers 224 amp 225 Value of Pointer 13 Registers 226 amp 227 Value of Pointer 14 Registers 228 amp 229 Value of Pointer 15 Registers 230 amp 231 Value of Pointer 16 Registers 232 amp 233 Value of Pointer 17 Registers 234 amp 235 Value of Pointer 18 Registers 236 amp 237 Value of Pointer 19 Registers 238 amp 239 Value of Pointer 20 Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Assembly Definition Addresses Default Pointers Registers 80 amp 81 Assembly Working Addresses Pointer 21 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 240 amp 241 Registers 82 amp 83 Value of Pointer 21 Pointer 22 2 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 242 amp 243 Value of Pointer 22 Registers 84 amp 85 Pointer 23 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 244 amp 245 Registers 86 amp 87 Value of Pointer 23 Pointer 24 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 246 amp 247 Registers 88 amp 89 Value of Pointer 24 Pointer 25 0 amp 1 Hardware ID Registers 248 amp 249 Registers 90 amp 91 Value of Pointer 25
210. on and torque rating 0 0507 to 3 30 mm 30 to 12 AWG single wire termination or two 1 31 mm 16 AWG e 0 8 Nm 7 0 in Ib torque Note Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently depending on the model number Note To prevent damage to the controller do not connect wires to unused ter minals Note Maintain electrical isolation between digital input outputs switched dc open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops N Explosion Hazard Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I DIVISION 2 N Explosion Hazard Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable Warning Warning Quad 2A SSR Outputs 1 4 7 10 RMH Part Digit 7 8 is L Slot D E normally open L Fr common 7 normally open normally open common normally open e 2A at 20 to 264V ac maximum resistive load e 50 VA 120 240V ac pilot duty Optical isolation without contact suppression maximum off state leak age of 105 microamperes Output does not supply power Do not use on dc loads N O COM N O wiring shared common between each set of outputs See Quencharc note Quad 2 Amp SSR Derating Curve All Outputs 10096 Duty Cycle L Y 1Normally Open 1 1 1 A B P y em
211. onnected to a Split Rail with OIT In this configuration both the inter module bus backplane communications and Standard Bus are connected between rails to allow for remote capabili ties It is recommended that the split rail connection not exceed 100 feet In this configuration the OIT can communicate with all modules maximum 16 mod ules any combination with one Access module Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 1 Overview Slot E RMC RMH RM E Controller Controller Access Slot C Slot C Slot C B Power Supply m RMC RMH Controller Controller Slot C Slot C Module Orientation The picture that follows represents one of several dif ferent RM modules All of them will have four slots on the face slot A B D and E and one on the bot tom slot C not shown All of these slots are not al ways used on all modules On the face of the module there is a button yellow circle under the Zone ad dress 51 When pushed and held it has the following functions 1 For any module push and hold for 2 seconds to change the Zone address 2 When a module is equipped with the Modbus pro tocol RMxxxxxxxxxx1xx pushing and holding this button for 6 seconds the LED display will return P for protocol Releasing the button and then pushing it again within 6 seconds the display will toggle between N Modbus and 5 Standard Bus Valid addresses for Modbu
212. operator that will aliad Nand 1427 0x21 33 taas to compare the SF Or 1442 nor Nor 1443 E Equal To 1437 nE Not Equal To 1438 LAE Latch 1444 SFF RS Flip Flop 1693 Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Ue Wta Full values can be read with other interfaces Se Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 79 e Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module e Setup Page Display Parameter Name Description Range Modbus Relative Address Default CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Profibus Index Parameter ID Data Type Read Write GFA SFn A Logic 1 to 24 Source Function A Set the type of function that will be used for this source None 61 RL P1 Alarm 6 Compare 230 Counter 231 Digital I O 1142 Limit 126 Logic 239 put 1 1532 put 2 1533 put 3 1534 put 4 1535 Timer 244 Variable 245 Profile Event Out A En t b Profile Event Out B En E C Profile Event Out C En t d Profile Event Out D En EE Profile Event Out E Profile Event Out F En t 9 Profile Event Out G En E h Profile Event Out H Function Key 1001
213. or edit a configuration file to download later E C Download a configuration file in to a device 2006 WatlowElectric and Manufacturing Company All rights reserved Mareinn A NN 101 owt tie xt Ew EUN If the PC is already physically connected to the EZ ZONE RMH control click the next button to go on line Note When establishing communications from PC to the RMH control an interface converter will be re quired The Standard Bus network uses EIA 485 as the interface Most PCs today would require a USB to EIA 485 converter However some PCs may still be equipped with EIA 232 ports therefore an EIA 232 to EIA 485 converter would be required As can be seen in the above screen shot the software provides the user with the option of downloading a previously saved configuration as well as the ability to create a configuration off line to download later The screen shots that follow will take the user on line After clicking the next button above it is necessary to define the communications port on the PC to use Select a Communications Port With which Communications Port do you want to communicate The available options allow the user to select Try them all or to use a specific known communications port After installation of your converter if you are not sure which communications port was allocated select Try them all and then click next The screen to follow shows that the software is scanning for
214. ote User Inter face RUI menus inaccessible Unable to access BEL DPE c ELE 9 or menus or particular prompts in Home Page Security set to incorrect level Check settings in Factory Page Enter appropriate password in UL oC setting in Factory Page Digital input set to lockout keypad Change state of digital input Custom parameters incorrect Change custom parameters in Factory Page RUI value to low uH LL Value to low to be displayed in 4 digit LED display 1999 ncorrect setup Check scaling of source data Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 148 lt Appendix Indication Description Possible Cause s Corrective Action RUI value to high Value to high to be displayed in 4 digit LED display 29999 ncorrect setup Check scaling of source data Detection of and Rules Around Abnormal Sensor Conditions Inputs Detection of Abnormal Conditions Thermocouple Shorted No direct detection Open loop firmware detection Open Yes Parasitic pull up Reversed Yes firmware detection Current Source Shorted Range limiting only Open Range limiting only Reversed Range limiting only Voltage Source Open Range limiting only Shorted Range limiting only Reversed Range limiting only RTD S1 open Yes pulled up 2 open Not implemented S3 open Yes pulled up S1 short to S2
215. ountry specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or pe ripheral devices Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property and or injury or loss of life Note Maximum wire size termination and torque rating 0 0507 to 3 30 mm 30 to 12 AWG single wire termination or two 1 31 mm 16 AWG e 0 8 Nm 7 0 in Ib torque Note Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently depending on the model number Note To prevent damage to the controller do not connect wires to unused ter minals Note Maintain electrical isolation between digital input outputs switched dc open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops Warning N Explosion Hazard Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I DIVISION 2 Warning A Explosion Hazard Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable sub stances Inputs 1 through 16 Potentiometer CW CCW CW CCW CW CCW CCW Slot A B D E S Jm 0 D 0 D 0 D e Use a 1 KQ potentiometer Input 1 4 top to bottom RMHx 1 xxx xxxx Input 5 8 top to bottom RMHx x 1 xx xxxx Input 9 12 top to bottom RMHx xx 1 x xxxx Input 13 16 top to bottom RMHx xxx 1
216. our character display Full values can be read with another interface If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec 0x65 101 iL 8 0x65 101 1 1 0x68 104 1to 12 0x15 21 0x68 104 1to 12 OxB 11 Profibus Index Parameter ID 1008 signed 32 bit R 1001 signed 32 bit R Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 98 Chapter 5 Factory Page Chapter 6 Features Saving and Restoring User Settings 5 101 jc 101 Calibration Offset a ga K R a eee eens 101 Calibration obe rep hrec Per AD ARE KAR RICE 101 Filter Time Constant ca x x a a R e Kae e ccc RR IIR 102 Sensor Selection x da ca uh e PR R R REGERE RR RN S 102 Set Point Low Limit and High Umi aeaa 102 Scale High and Scale Low e e ccc eee 102 Range High and Range LOW e x ee e e e e e eee eee eee 102 LING ANIZAUOMN sc ied Sonik eere n edes T Sieb edo 103 OTT CER RE RES ERR TTL ELELL I DE TET E 103 BUT MTM 103 Cool Output CU Ve aoe oan dn geek e eb td Ree ie at 103 Retransmitting a Process Value or Set Point 103 Control Methods ss e e x x lt e e x K KKK 104 Output Configuration 0 ccc R ees 104 Auto closed loop and Manual open loop Control 104 OMON COMTO rerien duci deii deeem SD btts 104 Proportional plus Integral PI Control n nnan nnana 105 Proportional plus Integral plus Deri
217. prevent damage to the internal transistor Output 1 4 and 7 10 Mechanical Relay Form A RMH Part Digit 7 8 is J e 5 Aat 240V ac or 30V Mechanical Relay Form A dc maximum resistive Cua RRRECCC CELL CL LLL LE i load Slot D L1 normally open K1 common 20 mA at 24V minimum load 1 1 1 I 1 normally open L2 normally open 1 1 1 I 1 I 125 VA pilot duty 120 240V ac 25 VA at 24V ac 100 000 cycles at rated load Output does not supply power for use with ac or dc See Quencharc note Slot D Outputs 1 6 Slot E RMHxx xx J x xxxx Slot E Outputs 7 10 RMHx xxx J xxxx K2 common L3 normally open K3 jcommon Internal Circuitry L4 normally open KA common L7 nera ly open K7 common Lg norma ly open Kg common L9 normal ly open Kg common L10 normal ly open K1 0 common Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module s 28 lt Chapter 2 Install and Wire Warning N Use National Electric NEC or other country specific standard wiring and safety practices when wiring and connecting this controller to a power source and to electrical sensors or pe ripheral devices Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property and or injury or loss of life Note Maximum wire size terminati
218. put Current Cool Power Heat Power Power Linearization Math Process Value Set Point Closed Set Point Requires Source A and Source B to be without errors for function to work An error when read can indicate any of the following None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error RTD Error Fail Math Error Not Sourced Stale 24 7 o KA oy Q o Yo Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Value A Source Zone A Value B gt Source Error A Gla Compare Source Function B Off gt Source Instance B Source Zone B Output Value Source Error B Error gt gt No Compare Output Value OFF amp Kon S KA 2 Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Value A Source Zone A zu Source ErrorA Source Value B Compare Source Function B Greater Than gt Source Instance B Source Zone B Output Value Source Error B Error l gt A gt B Output Value ON 22 4 amp e L e Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Value A Source Zone Source Value B Source Error A Compare Source Function B Less Than gt Source Instance B Source Zone B Output Value gt Source Error B Error e gt A B Output Value ON S 2 NO Ch 3 Q7 CE Source Function A 4 Source Instance A Source Value A Source Zone A S Value B gt Source Error A STEE KEHE g
219. r 5 Factory Page RM High Density Module s Factory Page Modbus Tn Dota n Parameter Name Profibus Parameter Type Displey Description pele ve pence Index ID amp Read Address Attribute Write hex dec CUSE Custom Menu None 61 Process 14005 uint Parameter 1 to 50 Process 75 Limit RWES Select the parameters that Calibration Off Status will appear in the Home Page 196 when using the RUI Display Units The Parameter 1 value will User Settings appear in the upper display Restore 227 of the Home Page It can not be changed with the Up AL o Alarm Low Set and Down Keys in the Home Point 42 Page LR Alarm High Set The Parameter 2 value will 78 appear in the lower display LR 9 Alarm Hysteresis in the Home Page It can be changed with the Up and Set Point Down Keys if the parameter i Active Process is a writable one 25 Active Set Point Scroll through the other Home Page parameters with the Open Loop Set Advance Key int 110 Autotune 158 Control Mode Heat Power 160 Cool Power 161 Time Integral 162 C Ed Time Derivative 163 Dead Band 164 h P b Heat Propor tional Band 166 h h Y Heat Hysteresis 167 Cool Proportional 169 Cool Hysteresis S Ramp Rate 177 E t un TRU TUNE En able 205 dL E Idle Set Point 107 CUSE Custom Menu 180 Custom Setup 1 to 50 Instance ID Select the parameters that will appear in the Home Page Note Some valu
220. r set Note Only perform the above procedure when you are sure that all the correct settings are programmed into the controller Saving the settings overwrites any previously saved collection of settings Be sure to document all the controller settings Note When restoring factory defaults I O assemblies for Modbus DeviceNet Profibus and Ethernet along with the zone address will be overwritten when re storing factory defaults Inputs Calibration Offset Calibration offset allows a device to compensate for an inaccurate sensor lead resistance or other factors that affect the input value positive offset increases the input value and a negative offset decreases the input value The input offset value can be viewed or changed with Calibration Offset Operations Page Analog Input Menu Negative Calibration Offset will compensate for the difference between the Sensor Reading and the Actual Temperature 4 Temperature Reading from Sensor Temperature Actual Process Temperature Time To calibrate an analog input you will need to provide two electrical signals or resistance loads near the ex tremes of the range that the application is likely to utilize See recommended values below wipe ooma Tamaz Follow these steps for a thermocouple or pro cess input 1 Apply the low source signal to the input you are calibrating Measure the signal to ensure it is ac curate
221. rce Error B Math Dewpoint Output Value Error TERE Output Value Filter 427 26 CP B 8 8618 17 27 CP B 8 8618 32 Offset Source A is used for Calculated Pressure or CP Note For dewpoint Source A is temperature F and Source B is RH Saturation pressure calculation is identical to that used in wet dry bulb Result is in degrees F Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 6 Features Timer Function Source Function A Source Instance A Source Value A Source Zone A S Value B gt Source Error A Surce vm us Source Function B Elapsed Time gt Source Instance B Output Value Source Zone B Output Value Error r gt Source Error B nm NEN Y Y Ti Error imer gt Overview A Instances 24 per RMH Timer off SEE Setup Page KPT Timer Menu Output Value OFF Fa Function Off On Pulse Delay One Shot Retentive SF n A Source Function A Timer Run None Alarm Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Logic Special Function Output 1 to 4 Timer Variable 5 A Source Instance A 1 to 250 SZA Source Zone A 0 to 16 GASA Source Active State A Timer Run High rising Low falling SF ab Source Function B Timer Reset None Alarm Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Logic Special Function Output 1 to 4 Timer Variable 5 b Sourc
222. rce Error B Source Function C gt Source Instance C Source Zone C Math gt Source Error C at Average Source Function D gt Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D gt Output Value gt Error p gt gt Output Value Filter Average A B C D Offset Display units follows the last source that is temperature otherwise it will follow Source A 4 D Sb Se fe Me ades Be O ion Cte Loy ie KA K poyyyy yy Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Zone A gt Source Error A Source Value A Source Value B Source Function B gt Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B TERR Source Value E Math c Deviation Scale gt Source Function E gt Source Instance E Source Zone E Source Error E Output Value Error gt If E OFF Output Value Filter Range High Range Low Scale High Scale Low A Scale Low Range Low B Offset If E ON Output Value Filter B Offset Scale Low High and Range Low High follows Source A display units Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 130 Chapter 6 Features K ex x K O Ce EL CN Sey poy sydd Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A gt Source Error A Source Function B gt Source Instance B Source Zone B gt Source Error B Source Function E gt Source Instance
223. rce Zone LE Acuvetacal cL o Output Range Low LooP Control Loop r h Output Range High Ah Y Hysteresis Ctr Punt Pressure Units AL 9 Logic SEE Counter Menu fiunt Altitude Units AS d Sides F L Filter A L o Low Set Point L CEr Counter 1 to 24 Ah High Set Point Fa Function Variable M AL A Latching SF Af Source Function A arame enu Rb L Blocking 5 A Source Instance A 3 R Silencing 2A Source Zone A Eu brem tto wen Ad 5P Display SASA Source Active State A EJ Ga RAL Delay Time SF nb Source Function B Er Did e l AOL Clear Request 5 b Source Instance B us r g ver AS r Silence Request S8b Source Zone B g ASE State 5855 Source Active State B Lofid Load Value Global Menu s gis tc 9t Target Value C_F Display Units ae Menu LAL Latching ALL F AC Line Frequency Linearization 1 to 24 L9 dPr5 ege d Pairs Fn Function SEE Logic Menu USc 5 D R Ms SE af Source Function A Ca Hone User Restore 5 fi Source Instance A LIC Logic 1 to 24 52A Source Zone A Fn Function Communications Menu Un Units SF a Source Function A bRUdg Baud Rate B I Input Point 1 5 A Source Instance A PA Parity oP I Output Point 1 S 2A Source Zone A PARL Modbus Word Order 1P 2 Input Point 2 SF n b Source Function B C_F Display Units oP Output Point 2 C 5 6 Source Instance B nuS Non volatile Save 1P 3 Input Point 3 58b Source Zone B oP 3 Output Point 3 SF aL Source Function C BU
224. re status 1 Fail means return to factory 0x10 16 Diagnostics Menu 0x65 1017 string Software Revision 101 R Display this controller s firm 1to5 ware revision number 0x11 17 Diagnostics Menu 1005 signed Software Build Number 32 bit Display the firmware build R number Diagnostics Menu 1032 string Serial Number R Display the serial number Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display be read with another interface If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 97 Chapter 5 Factory Page RM High Density Module Parameter Name Description dREE Diagnostics Menu Date of Manufacture Display the date code in YY WW format Diagnostics Menu Hardware ID Read the hardware ID FCt Calibration Menu L Mv Calibration Menu 1 to 16 Electrical Measurement Read the raw electrical value for this input in the units cor responding to the Sensor Type Setup Page Analog Input Menu setting Calibration Menu 1 to 16 Electrical Input Offset Change this value to calibrate the low end of the input range Calibration Menu 1 to 16 Electrical Input Slope Adjust this value to calibrate the slope of the input value ELi o 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 ELi S 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 e Factory Page Modbus Relative Address 398 offset 90 400 offset 90 Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the f
225. refore grayed out To speed up the process of configuration notice that Parameters are set in the device as you edit them Click Next to see more parameters or click a Menu in the tree to view and edit its settings Click Finish to save and exit Parameter Menus Parameters Setup Analog Input 1 Parameter Help lt EZ ZONE RM Setup Analog Input Analog Input 1 Analog Input 2 Analog Input 3 Analog Input 4 Analog Input 5 Analog Input 6 Analog Input 7 Analog Input 8 T Process Value Y Digital LO TY Action Control Loop Y Output Alam T Linearization Sensor Type RTD 100 Ohm v TC Linearization J X Units Process x Scale Low 0 00 Scale High 20 00 Range Low opo Process Range High 9999 000 Process Process Error Enable Off x Process Error Low Value oo Filter 5 Input Error Latching o Display Precision Thousandths v Calibration Offset 0000 F Analog Input Value 403 307 LES Input Error Shorted Compare Timer Y Counter amp Logic Math Y Variable Y Global Operations Factory Range Not Applicable Copy Settings In the screen shot above notice that the device part number is clearly displayed at the top of the page yellow highlight added for emphasis When multiple EZ ZONE devices are on the network it is important that the part number be noted prior to configuring so as to avoid making unwanted configuration changes to another cont
226. rking Addresses reflects the assemblies and their associated addresses Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 111 Chapter 6 Features Software Configuration Using EZ ZONE Configurator Software To enable a user to configure the RMH control using a personal computer PC Watlow has provided free software for your use If you have not yet obtained a copy of this software insert the CD Controller Sup port Tools into your CD drive and install the soft ware Alternatively if you are viewing this document electronically and have a connection to the internet simply click on the link below and download the soft ware from the Watlow web site free of charge http www watlow com products software zone_config cfm Once the software is installed double click on the EZ ZONE Configurator icon placed on your desktop during the installation process If you cannot find the icon follow the steps below to run the software 1 Move your mouse to the Start button 2 Place the mouse over All Programs 3 Navigate to the Watlow folder and then the sub folder EZ ZONE Configurator 4 Click on EZ ZONE Configurator to run The first screen that will appear is shown below Watlow EZ ZONE CONFIGURATOR m ES Welcome to the EZ ZONE Minimize CONFIGURATOR ms This program makes it easy for you to configure any of your EZ ZONE products Choose one of these options Te Configure a device while communicating with it D lt C Create
227. rm Source Zone nud Alarm Source Error Lege gt gt gt Control Loop gt Alarm Error off Output Value gt If Alarm Type Off Output Value Off If Alarm State None Alarm Indication None Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 122 lt Chapter 6 Features PAN Ue t DA AA m yt ROR aL A Sy See Pa a Qt Q V 27 amp Q A TRA Skog d R N 41d iil Alarm Source Alarm Source Instance Alarm Source Zone ie eo 4 y og Alarm State gt Alarm Latched gt gt Alarm Source Error Alarm Silenced l gt Alarm Clearable gt Alarm Working Process Value p gt Alarm Working Set Point gt Error gt Alarm Process Output Value gt If Alarm Type Process THEN Alarm Variable Process Value Alarm State Alarm Latched gt Alarm Silenced Alarm Clearable gt Alarm Working Process Value Control Loop Alarm Working Set Point Error gt Alarm Deviation Output Value gt If Alarm Type Deviation THEN Alarm Variable Pro cess Value Closed Loop Set Point Alarm Set Point Digital Input Output Function Note Input Value is passed to either profile event inputs or ac tion function blocks Input State gt Digital I O Value gt Digital Input Value Digital Input Instances 1 12 per RMH Error p gt SEE Setup Page d o Digital UO Menu
228. rocess Value Minimum Output Value Error TERE Output Value Filter Minimum Value A B C D Offset Display units follows Source with minimum value Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 119 Chapter 6 Features ey By Q 2 4 0 Cz 2 UE CK ae KON KS Se My KN Be Source Function A Source Function A Source Instance A Source Value A Source Instance A Source Value A Value B Source Error A SourceValue gt gt Source Error A gt Source Function B pounce Valis Gs ccs i gt Source Instance B Source Value D gt Source Zone B gt Source Error B Rg EXC IS Source Function C gt Source Instance C mouree Zone Process Value Process Value gt Source Error C x z l Maximum Square Root Source Function D gt Source Instance D gt Source Zone D gt Source Error D gt Output Value gt Output Value Error gt Error gt gt Output Value Filter Maximum Value A B C D Output Value Filter Sqr Root A Offset Offset Display units follows Source A Display units follows Source with maximum value Pa Vy u 4 Q 7 Po POM CH Cn yu iz o Bog KON KE KA Sax Source Function A Source Value A Source Function A Source Instance A gt gt Source Instance A Source Value A gt Source Value B gt Source Error A pot gt Source Error A
229. rol Looking closely at the left hand column Parameter Menus notice that when first entering this screen it displays all of the available Pages Setup Operations and Factory at a high level After clicking on any of the available pages the sub menus and associated parameters for each will appear as shown above The Page structure as laid out within this software fol lows Setup Operations Factory Navigating from one Page to the next is easy and clearly visible Simply clicking on the plus symbol next to Setup will expand the Setup Page where all of the sub menus will appear next If a vertical scroll bar appears click on the up or down arrow to view all of the available menus on the selected page Once the focus is brought to an individual parameter single click of mouse as is the case for Analog In put 1 in the left column all that can be setup related Configure the Inputs Set the controller parameters to match the sensors attached to the inputs In Sensor Type set the analog sensor type to match the device wired to this input If a thermocouple is wired to this input set TC Linearization to match the Ithermocouple s type If an RTD is wired to this input set RTD Leads to match the number of leads on the RTD In Units set the type of units the sensor will measure at the bottom of the center column there is an oper ation to copy settings If Analog Input 1 and 2 are the same type of sensor click
230. roller to a power source and to electrical sensors or pe ripheral devices Failure to do so may result in damage to equipment and property and or injury or loss of life Note Maximum wire size termination and torque rating e 0 0507 to 3 30 mm 30 to 12 AWG single wire termination or two 1 31 mm 16 AWG e 0 8 Nm 7 0 in Ib torque Note Adjacent terminals may be labeled differently depending on the model number Note To prevent damage to the controller do not connect wires to unused ter minals Note Maintain electrical isolation between digital input outputs switched dc open collector outputs and process outputs to prevent ground loops Warning Explosion Hazard Substitution of component may impair suitability for CLASS I DIVISION 2 en fh Explosion Hazard Do not disconnect while the circuit is live or unless the area is known to be free of ignitable concentrations of flammable sub stances Suppressor Note Switching pilot duty inductive loads relay coils solenoids etc with the mechanical relay solid state relay or open collector output options requires use of an R C suppressor for AC load or a diode for a DC load Process Inputs 1 through 16 RMH Part Digit 5 6 7 8 is 1 Slot A B D E S qi Jm 0 D 0 0 0 D a Le Slot A B D E
231. ror Fail Math Error Not Sourced Stale Output Value Error Variable Digital gt Output Value gt Error p gt Variable Analog Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 139 lt Chapter 6 Features Compare Function amp ZER E LN Yay Cay a i Q Ce e Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Value A gt Source Zone A S Value B gt Source Error A SS et Compare Overview Source Function B gt Source Instance B Source Zone B Output Value gt gt Source ErrorB Instances 24 per RMH Error p gt SEE Setup Page CPE Compare Menu Greater or Equal Less or Equal Open Variable S2b Source Zone B 0 to 16 Ea Function Off Greater Than Less Than Equal To Not Equal To K aL Tolerance 0 0 to 9 999 000 units or F S A Source Instance A 1 to 250 S b Source Instance B 1 to 250 E c Error Handling False Bad False Good True Bad True Good oPET Operation Page CPE Compare Menu 5 4R Source Value A 1 999 00 5 ub Source Value B 1 999 00 o u Output Value Off On Tolerance is expressed in same u 0 to 9 999 000 units or F 0 to 9 999 000 units or F nits as Source A SF a Source Function A None Analog Input Current Cool Power Heat Power Power Linearization Math Process Value Set Point Closed Set Point Open Variable SF nb Source Function B None Analog In
232. rror C Process Value Average Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D Output Value gt Error p gt Output Value Filter Average A B C D Offset Display units follows the last source that is temperature else follow Source A b 35 5 ley gt La N Sey Source Function A Source Instance A Source Value A gt Val gt Source Error A Source valie B pese Source Function B Source valig Go ce gt Source Instance B Source Value D Source Zone B gt Source Error B Ed Source Function C gt Source Instance C PORRO DRE Process Value Source Error C Sensor Backup Source Function D gt Source Instance D Source Zone D gt Source Error D Output Value Error p gt gt Output Value Filter first assigned Source without an error Offset C G ai Da b b by On Or Roe ptg by 9 oy Py 2g e Bor Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Value A gt A Source Baar Source Value B Source Function B kk gt Source Instance B gt Source Zone B Es Source Error B Process Value m Crossover gt Output Value Error p gt gt If A lt Cross Over Point Cross Over Band 2 THEN Output Value Filter A Offset If A gt Cross Over Point Cross Over Band 2 THEN Output Value Filter
233. s 1 16 Standard Bus Zone 1 16 Supervisory amp Power Board Slot C Output 1 2 3 4 5 or 6 switched dc open collector Output 7 8 9 10 5A Mechanical Relay Form A Zone and Status ED Indicates Zone y Address Zone Selection Push to select Zone en Address and Protocol 3 Card Status G O Slots A B D E G M p activity Modbus or Stand Output Status LEDs Some input output combinations not possible see ordering matrix Output Function Analog Input Alarm Cool Power Heat Power Compare Counter Digital O Profile Event Output A H Function Key Linearization Logic Math Process Value Special Output Function 1 4 Timer Variable Off Indicates communications ard Bus Indicates I O Status Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 12 e Chapter 1 Overview Input Function Input Sensor Input Device EZ ZONE RMH Module System Diagram 8 Control Loops Slots A B 6 Digital I O Slot D 6 Digital I O Slot E RMHx 12 1 22 CC AAAA N Analog Input 1 through 8 None Thermocouple 2 Wire RTD 100 1k Thermistor 5k 10K 20k 40k Process V mV mA or 1K Potentiometer Digital Input 1 2 3 4 5 6 Switch contact or volts dc Input Device Digital Input 7 8 9 10 11 12 Switch contact or volts dc RUI PC PLC or HMI Other RM Modules f Li Power Supply i
234. s and Standard bus range from 1 16 7 9 A is 10 6 is 11 is 12 d is 13 E is 14 F is 15 and A is 16 The RMA Access module is shipped at address J or 17 and is the only module that can have its address set above 16 Module Status Slot A B D or E z pia Protocol Standard Bus red or Modbus green Module outputs 1 through 16 all may or may not be used depend ing on module type Li L mm O LI Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 1 Overview Getting Started Quickly Consider taking the following steps to quickly com mission your control Wire and connect the power source to the control Wire and connect input and output devices to the control Power up the control and navigate to the Setup Page to configure inputs outputs alarms etc Once the control is setup navigate to the Opera tions Page to modify set points The RMH controller has a page and menu structure that is listed below along with a brief description of its purpose The menu structure can be easily seen and navigated using EZ ZONE Configurator soft ware or the Remote User Interface RUI Note The menu navigation as described below applies when the RMH is connected to the RUI which is optional equipment A user would want to setup their control prior to operation As an ex ample define the input type alarm sides high and or low or set the output function Setup Page
235. se parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 64 Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module e Setup Page Parameter Name Display Description Range Default Modbus Relative Address CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Profibus Index Parameter ID Data Type Read Write ot PE Output Menu Output Digital 1 to 12 Fn Function Select what function will drive this output o mn 7 70 m r 73 3 e D 4 Profile Event Out B Profile Event Out C Profile Event Out D Profile Event Out F Profile Event Out H Off 62 Analog Input Alarm 6 Cool Power 161 Heat Power 160 Compare 230 Counter 231 Digital I O 1142 Profile Event Out A Profile Event Out E Profile Event Out G Function Key 1001 Linearization 238 Logic 239 Math 240 Process Value 241 Special Function Out 1532 Special Function Out 1533 Special Function Out 1534 Special Function Out 1535 Timer 244 Variable 245 off 1828 offset 30 0x6A 106 1to 12 73 6005 uint RWES Output Digital 1 to 12 Fi Function Instance Set the instance of the function selected above 1830 offset 30
236. sis An alarm state is triggered when the process value reaches the alarm high or alarm low set point Alarm hysteresis defines how far the process must return into the normal operating range before the alarm can be cleared Alarm hysteresis is a zone inside each alarm set point This zone is defined by adding the hysteresis value to the alarm low set point or subtracting the hysteresis value from the alarm high set point View or change alarm hysteresis with Hysteresis Setup Page Alarm Menu Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 107 Chapter 6 Features E Etenn SES Alarm High Set Point y Alarm Hysteresis Normal Operating Range Temperature 4 Alarm Hysteresis Alarm Low Set Point Low Side Alarm Range c Time Alarm Set Points and Hysteresis Alarm Latching A latched alarm will remain active after the alarm condition has passed It can only be deactivated by the user An active message such as an alarm message will cause the RUI display to toggle between the nor mal settings and the active message in the upper dis play and in the lower display Push the Advance Key to display in the upper display and the message source in the lower display Use the Up O or Down Q keys to scroll through possible responses such as Clear or Silence _S LL Then push the Advance or Infinity key to execute the action See the Keys and Displays chapter and the Home Page chapter for more details An alarm
237. smit signal the op erator must take into account the input impedance of the device to be retransmitted to and the required signal type either voltage or milliamperes Typically applications might use the retransmit option to record one of the variables with a chart re corder or to generate a set point for other controls in a multi zone application Outputs 1 to 3 and 7 to 9 can be ordered as pro cess outputs Assign an analog source to Output Function to accomplish retransmit of a process or set point value Note The active set point is not retransmitted only the user requested closed loop set point which may not be the closed loop set point in control Retransmit ting a profiling closed loop set point is not allowed Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 103 Chapter 6 Features Range High Output Scale Range Low Scale Low Scale High Retransmit Source Retransmit Control Methods Output Configuration Each controller output can be configured as a heat output a cool output an alarm output or deactivat ed No dependency limitations have been placed on the available combinations The outputs can be con figured in any combination For instance all three could be set to cool Heat and cool outputs use the set point and Oper ations parameters to determine the output value All heat and cool outputs use the same set point value Heat and cool each have their own set of control pa rameters All heat o
238. stance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function E Source Instance E Source Zone E Source Error E Source Value A Source Value B Source Value E Process Value Switch Over Output Value Error TERE If E OFF Output Value Filter A Offset If E ON Output Value Filter B Offset Display units follows active source t YE x 2 L O NC LLL LLL Source Function A Source Instance A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D Process Value Ratio Output Value Error TERR LE gt Output Value Filter A B Offset If display units of Source A Source B no display units on output value else follow Source A Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 118 Chapter 6 Features K C 2 by L oes Bey LLL LLL Source Function A Source Instance A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D Process Value Add Output Value Error TERE
239. t Timer 1 to 24 Running E o Read to determine if timer is running 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C oF F Off 62 On 63 None 61 Open 65 Shorted 127 Measurement Error 140 Bad Cal Data 139 Ambient Error 9 RTD Error 141 Fail 32 Math Error 1423 Not Sourced 246 Stale 1617 oF F Off 62 On 63 oF F Off 62 on On 63 0 to 30 000 0 seconds Off 62 On 63 Off 62 On 63 e Operations Page Modbus Relative Address 11272 offset 40 11274 offset 40 11278 offset 40 11284 offset 40 13192 offset 50 13194 offset 50 13210 offset 50 13198 offset 50 13208 offset 50 Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Data Type amp Read Write Profibus Parameter Index ID 0x80 128 1to 24 0x0D 13 0x83 131 1to 24 0x10 16 0x83 131 1to 24 0x11 17 0x83 131 1to 24 Ox0F 15 R Read W Write E EEPROM S User Set Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module Chapter 3 Operations Page RM High Density Module Parameter Name Description Display No Dis play Timer 1 to 24 Error Read reported c
240. t CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Profibus Index Parameter ID Data Type Read Write BE aL SFn C Logic 1 to 24 Source Function C Set the type of function that will be used for this Source None 61 RL P1 Alarm 6 Compare 230 Counter 231 Digital I O 1142 Limit 126 Logic 239 put 1 1532 put 2 1533 put 3 1534 put 4 1535 Timer 244 Variable 245 Profile Event Out A En t b Profile Event Out B En E C Profile Event Out C En t d Profile Event Out D En EE Profile Event Out E Profile Event Out F En t 9 Profile Event Out G En E h Profile Event Out H Function Key 1001 Special Function Out SoF g Special Function Out SoF 3 Special Function Out SoF 4 Special Function Out 9344 offset 80 None Ox7F 127 1 to 24 3 27003 uint RWES Logic 1 to 24 Source Instance C Set the instance of the function selected above 1 to 250 1 9360 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1to 24 OxB 11 27011 uint RWES Logic 1 to 24 Source Zone C Set the zone of the function selected above 0 to 16 0 9376 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 0x13 19 27019 uint RWES Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display Full values can be read with other interfaces Note
241. t Compare Source Function B Equal To gt _ Source Instance B Source Zone B Output Value Source Error B Error l gt A B Output Value ON Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 140 Chapter 6 Features Custom Function 2 8 4 a gr ENT W Ge 3 2 dp s e A Li E Source Function A l Source Instance A Source Value A Custom Source Zone A Source Value B gt Overview 4 Source Error A c Instances 50 per RMH ompare Source Function B Not Equal To p i Source Instance B ustom Menu Source Zone B Output Value Source Error B Error gt Parameter None Process Calibration Offset Display Units User Settings Restore A not equal B Output Value ON Alarm Low Set Point Alarm High Set Point Alarm Hysteresis Set Point Active Process Value Active Set Point Open Loop Set Point Autotune Control Mode Heat Power Cool Power Time Kon Integral Time Derivative Dead band Heat 4 A ON Proportional Band Heat Hysteresis Cool KA A St Proportional Band Cool Hysteresis Ramp Rate eed TRU TUNE Enable Idle Set Point Custom Instance ID 1 to 24 Source Function A Source Instance A Source Value A gt S c ecurity Function Source Zone A Source Value B y Source Error A Compare Note P Bod B Grener or Equal Set on a Zone by Zone basis This is independent of ect rado esie B the RUI Security Setting
242. t Security to 2 In the Factory Page Lockout Menu set Lock Operations Page to 3 and Lock Profiling Page to 2 5 The operator wants to read the Operations Page Setup Page Profiling Page Diagnostics Menu Lock Menu Calibration Menu and Cus tom Menus The operator also wants to read and write to the Home Page In the Factory Page Lockout Menu set Read Lockout Security to 1 and Set Lockout Security to 5 In the Factory Page Lockout Menu set Lock Operations Page to 2 and Lock Profiling Page to 3 Using Password Security It is sometimes desirable to apply a higher level of security to the control where a limited number of menus are visible and not providing access to others without a security password Without the appropri ate password those menus will remain inaccessible If Password Enabled P A 5 in the Factory Page under the Menu is set to on an overriding Password Security will be in effect When in effect the only Pages that a User without a password has visibility to are defined in the Locked Access Level LoC L prompt On the other hand a User with a password would have visibility restricted by the Read Lockout Security c L o C As an example with Pass word Enabled and the Locked Access Level L o C set to 1 and r L oC is set to 3 the available Pages for a User without a password would be limited to the Home and Factory Pages locked level 1 If the User password is entered all pages would be acces si
243. tal Input Output Menu 39 56 d r Direction 56 do S Digital Output State 39 dP 5 Display Pairs 50 93 4S Event Input Status 39 EL o Electrical Input Offset 99 102 EL 4 5 Electrical Input Slope 99 o 3 3 T D LO gt uc gt o co AL oj Alarm Low Set Point 42 69 a o 1 P D en en gt n lt 7 o m o C b nr r LD Pa fee 73 3 r 3 md 2 3 r o 73 e co P o pe md o o le k o o 3 3 D 3 3 3 3 3 nre 3 nr 3 3 3 3 3 C J xa 9 rr 9 a rr o o c 9 r o ol o o 1 rr D rr o fr LE D D d 3 102 Input Error Failure 63 105 Digital Output Function Instance 57 Output Function Instance 6 67 Filter 52 Function 53 Output Function 65 67 Global Menu 93 Heat Algorithm 60 106 Heat Hysteresis 41 60 106 Heat Proportional Band 41 0 106 Heat Power 40 Calibration Offset 38 52 02 103 Idle Set Point 41 64 Input Error Latching 52 Input Error Status 38 IP Fixed Address Part 4 93 Open Loop
244. tch ing is set to latching Alarm 1 to 24 Ignore 204 Ignore 2686 0x6D 33 9027 uint A Sir Silence Request Silence 108 offset 60 109 RW Select Silence to silence 1to 24 alarm while in fail region OxOE 14 Note This prompt is not avail able unless alarm silenc ing is set to on ASE Alarm 1 to 24 Startup 88 Startup 2676 0x6D 9009 juint A St State None 61 loffset 60 109 R View state of alarm Blocked 12 1 to 24 Alarm Low 8 g Alarm High 7 Error 28 Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces E Fee Set Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module e Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class S Type Display nice Range Default Relative Instance piers ard d A piion Address Attribute bon Read hex dec Write Linearization Menu Linearization 1 to 24 oF FjOff 62 Off 14388 0x86 134 120 34005 uint Fn Function intr Interpolated 1482 offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set how this function will SE Pd Stepped 1483 5 linearize Source A Linearization 1 to 24 non None 61 None 14380 0x86 134 34001 uint SFn A Source Function A A Analog Input
245. te set point 104 Remote Enable 40 62 restoring user settings 102 Rolling Password 97 S saving user settings 102 Scale High 51 67 103 Scale Low 51 67 103 secure settings 109 110 Security Function 141 Security Setting 97 98 sensor backup 103 sensor selection 103 Sensor Type 51 103 serial communications 146 Serial Number 98 Set Lockout Security 109 set point high limit 103 set point low limit 103 Setup Page Control Module 49 Sides Alarm 69 Silence Request 70 Silencing 70 109 single set point ramping 107 Software Build 98 Software Configuration 112 Software Revision 98 Source 68 Specifications 146 standard connector all modules 21 State 70 System Security 110 T Ten Point Linearization 104 Time Base 58 66 Time Derivative 41 61 106 Time Integral 41 61 106 Timer Function 134 Timer Menu 45 75 TRU TUNE Band 61 TRU TUNE Enable 61 TRU TUNE Gain 61 tuning the PID parameters 102 Type 68 108 U USB converter 31 User Failure Action 63 User Password 98 User Restore Set 93 102 User Save Set 93 102 Using EZ ZONE Configurator Soft ware 112 using the software 109 V Variable Function 139 Variable Menu 92 variable time base 107 W wiring output 1 mechanical relay form C 27 wiring a network 32 33 wiring a serial EIA 485 network 32 wiring Controller Module mechanical relay form A output 2 4 60r 8 27 RTD input 1 to 4 24 thermocouple input 1 to 4 23 wiring terminatio
246. tem with Ramping Alarms Alarms are activated when the output level process value or temperature leaves a defined range A user can configure how and when an alarm is triggered what action it takes and whether it turns off auto matically when the alarm condition is over Configure alarm outputs in the Setup Page before setting alarm set points Alarms do not have to be assigned to an output Alarms can be monitored and controlled through the front panel or by using software Process and Deviation Alarms A process alarm uses one or two absolute set points to define an alarm condition A deviation alarm uses one or two set points that are defined relative to the control set point High and low alarm set points are calculated by adding or subtracting offset values from the control set point If the set point changes the window defined by the alarm set points automatically moves with it Select the alarm type with Type Setup Page Alarm Menu Alarm Set Points The alarm high set point defines the process value or temperature that will trigger a high side alarm The alarm low set point defines the temperature that will trigger a low side alarm For deviation alarms a negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point View or change alarm set points with Low Set Point and High Set Point Operations Page Alarm Menu Alarm Hystere
247. tes when the temperature drops be low the set point and the cooling output switches on when the temperature exceeds the set point 4 Cool auo Set Point Heal Ou Active Temperature Zero Dead Band gt Time When the dead band value is a negative val ue both heating and cooling outputs are active when the temperature is near the set point Cool Output Active Set Point fo Active Temperature Negative Dead Band Time Adjust the dead band with Dead Band db Operations Page Loop Menu Variable Time Base Variable time base is the preferred method for con trolling a resistive load providing a very short time base for longer heater life Unlike phase angle firing variable time base switching does not limit the cur rent and voltage applied to the heater With variable time base outputs the PID algo rithm calculates an output between 0 and 100 the output is distributed at a minimum of three ac line cycles For each grouping of ac line cycles the con troller decides whether the power should be on or off There is no fixed cycle time since the decision is made for each group of cycles When used in conjunc tion with a zero cross burst fire device such as a solid state power controller switching is done only at the zero cross of the ac line which helps reduce elec trical noise RFT Variable time base should be used with solid state power controllers such as a soli
248. that is not latched self clearing will deactivate automatically when the alarm condition has passed Turn alarm latching on or off with Latching Setup Page Alarm Menu The alarm state begins when the temperature A teaches the Alarm High Set Point Alarm High Set Point Y Alarm Hysteresis Normal Operating Range The alarm state continues until the temperature drops to the Alarm High Set Point minus the hysteresis A latching alarm could be turned off by A the operator at this point A non latching alarm would turn off automatically NM Alarm Low Set Point Temperature Process Temperature Time Alarm Silencing If alarm silencing is on the operator can disable the alarm output while the controller is in an alarm state The process value or temperature has to enter the normal operating range beyond the hysteresis zone to activate the alarm output function again An active message such as an alarm message will cause the display to toggle between the normal settings and the active message in the upper display and in the lower display Push the Advance Key to display in the upper display and the message source in the lower display Use the Up O and Down Q keys to scroll through possible responses such as Clear or Silence 1 B LL Then push the Advance or Infinity key to execute the action Turn alarm silencing on or off with Silencing Setup Page Alarm Menu Alarm Bl
249. this manual are relative addresses actual Some legacy software packages limit available Modbus reg isters to 40001 to 49999 5 digits Many applications today require access to all available Modbus registers which range from 400001 to 465535 6 digits Wat low EZ ZONE controllers support 6 digit Modbus reg isters For parameters listed as float notice that only one low order of the two registers is listed this is true throughout this document By default the low or der word contains the two low bytes of the 32 bit pa rameter As an example look in the Operations Page for the Process Value Find the column identified in Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 35 e Chapter 2 Menu Conventions the header as Modbus and notice that it lists register 380 Because this parameter is a float it is actually represented by registers 381 low order bytes and 381 high order bytes Because the Modbus specifica tion does not dictate which register should be high or low order Watlow provides the user the ability to swap this order Setup Page C o PA Menu from the default low high L of v to high low h Lo It should also be noted that some of the cells in the Modbus column contain wording pertaining to an off set Several parameters in the control contain more than one instance such as alarms 24 analog in puts 16 etc The Modbus register shown always represents instance one Take for an example the Alarm Silencing parameter fou
250. to 24 Page Alarm Menu is 2 set to process set the process value that will trigger a low alarm deviation set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a low alarm A negative set point represents a value below closed loop set point A positive set point represents a value above closed loop set point Rh s Alarm 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 300 0 F 2660 0x6D 19 9001 float A hi High Set Point or units or units offset 60 109 RWES If Alarm Type Setup 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 150 0 C 1 to 24 Page Alarm Menu is 1 set to process set the process value that will trigger a high alarm deviation set the span of units from the closed loop set point that will trigger a high alarm Alarm 1 to 24 Non Latching 60 Non 2672 0x6D 27 9007 uint A LA Latching C LAE Latching 49 Latching offset 60 109 RWES Turn alarm latching on or 1 to 24 off A latched alarm has to 7 be turned off by the user Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces E en Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module s 69 lt Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module e Setup Page Note above
251. to 9 999 000 Control Loop primary source instance must match Pro Closed Loop Set Point 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 cess Value or Analog Input instance Idle Set Point 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 Set Point Open Limit Low 100 0 to 100 0 1 Set Point Open Limit High 100 0 to 100 0 Open Loop Set Point 100 0 to 100 0 Control Mode Off Auto Manual Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 125 lt Chapter 6 Features 4 BBSSBEE D Global Function ETE Global Overview Instances 1 per RMH Output Value SEE Setup Page 9L bL Global Menu C_F Display Units E C ACL E AC Line Frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz dP 5 Display Pairs 1 to 10 US c 5 User Settings Save None User Set 1 User Set 2 US c c User Settings Restore None User Set 1 User Set 2 Factory Logic Function Function Error Handling Source Function A Source Value A gt Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Value B gt gt Source Error A Source Value C Source Function B Source Value D gt Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Value E gt gt Source Error B Source Value F gt Source Function C Source Value G gt Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Value H Source Error C Source Function D gt Source Instance D x Source Zone D Logic Source Error D Overview Source Function E Instances 24 per RMH gt Source Instance E Sourc
252. to output 8 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 7 0 14428 0x86 134 137 34025 float op 8 Output Point 8 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that will be 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 0x19 25 mapped to input 8 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 8 0 14410 0x86 134 138 34016 float ip 9 Input Point 9 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that will be 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 0x10 16 mapped to output 9 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 8 0 14430 0x86 134 139 34026 float op 9 Output Point 9 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that will be 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C Ox1A 26 mapped to input 9 4 8 10 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 9 0 14412 0x86 134 140 34017 float ip10 Input Point 10 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that will be 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C 0x11 17 mapped to output 10 oP 10 Linearization 1 to 24 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 9 0 14432 0x86 134 141 34027 float op 10 Output Point 10 units offset 70 1 to 24 RWES Set the value that will be 1 128 333 to 5537 223 C Ox1B 27 mapped to input 10 BRE Compare Menu Fn Compare 1 to 24 oF F Off 62 Off 11276 0x80 128 171 28009 uint Fn Function gE Greater Than 1435 offset 40 1to 24 RWES Set operator that will be L E Less Than 1436 9 used to compare Source A E Equal To 1437
253. ubmenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 63 o Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class Type Display odes e icr Range Default Relative Instance jas died amp BS Address Attribute bows Read hex dec Write ert Control Loop 1 to 16 0 0 to 9 999 000 F or units 1 0 F or 5252 Ox6B 7017 float r rt Ramp Rate 0 0 to 5 555 000 C units offset 80 107 RWES Set the rate for the set 1 0 C 1 to 16 point ramp Set the time 0x11 17 units for the rate with the Ramp Scale parameter L SP Control Loop 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 1 999 F 5224 0x6B 52 7003 float L SP Set Point Closed Low units orunits offset 80 107 RWES Limit 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 1 128 C 1 to 16 Set the minimum value of 3 the closed loop set point range Control Loop 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F or 1 999 F 5226 0x6B 53 7004 float h SP Set Point Closed Limit units or units offset 80 107 RWES High 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 1 128 C 1 to 16 Set the maximum value of 4 the closed loop set point range Control Loop 1 to 16 Low Set Point to High Set 75 0 F or 5220 Ox6B 49 7001 float C SP Closed Loop Set Point Point Setup Page units offset 80 107 RWES Set the set point that the 24 0 C 1 to 16 co
254. uccessfully communicate disconnect all Modbus devices from the network Once done using the RUI or EZ ZONE Configurator software switch the protocol back to Modbus RTU and recon nect all Modbus devices to re establish communica tions over Modbus RMH Module Connected to an Operator Interface Terminal OIT through an RMA In this configuration the RMH can be connected to the OIT through the RMA running any of a number of available protocols The RMA and the OIT must be using the same protocol while the communications from RMA to the RMH module is accomplished over the backplane using Watlow s Standard Bus protocol Available protocols in the RMA follow 1 EtherNet IP and or Modbus TCP 2 DeviceNet 3 Modbus RTU 4 Profibus DP RMH RM Controller Access Slot C Slot C RUI OIT Power Supply Notice that in the example above that there is an optional RUI connected to the RMH along with the OIT OITs are not generally used to configure a con trol but are used more for run time information As an alternative for configuration the RUI could be used to configure and monitor in a remote location One advantage in using an RMA module when com municating on a network is that protocol switching is not needed on the RMH module if using an RUI or EZ ZONE Configurator software The protocol of choice used with the RMA can run simultaneously with the Standard Bus protocol RMH C
255. ues for analog input sig nals that have a reversed action For example if 50 psi causes a 4 mA signal and 10 psi causes a 20 mA signal Scale low and high low values do not have to match the bounds of the measurement range These along with range low and high provide for process scaling and can include values not measureable by the con troller Regardless of scaling values the measured val ue will be constrained by the electrical measurements of the hardware Select the low and high values with Scale Low and Scale High _ 55 v Select the displayed range with Range Low and Range High Setup Page Analog Input Menu Range High and Range Low With a process input you must choose a value to rep resent the low and high ends of the current or voltage range Choosing these values allows the controller s display to be scaled into the actual working units of measurement For example the analog input from a humidity transmitter could represent 0 to 100 per cent relative humidity as a process signal of 4 to 20 mA Low scale would be set to 0 to represent 4 mA and high scale set to 100 to represent 20 mA The in dication on the display would then represent percent humidity and range from 0 to 100 percent with an input of 4 to 20 mA Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module 102 lt Chapter 6 Features Select the low and high values with Range Low and Range High Setup Page Analog Input Menu Linearization The linearization f
256. ule e 99 lt Chapter 6 Features Chapter 6 Features cont Global Function onene miere oaee a nner I 126 Logic FUNCHION 1 23 a dre rt e Ra eR ee cds 126 Math FUNGON a ig ue peee c ccc cece eee eens 129 Timer FUNCTION uses Ert aca dadiiae Mae gorw aoe s 134 Counter Function nce ccc cece cece n 139 Variable FUNCTION oec ceca ee e eR eres 139 Compare Function 0 cc e derpaa eee ee ees 140 CUSTOM Tenis 141 Security Function lisse 141 Diagnostic FUNCTION gK cre dec Ro ed kee eke ee 142 RMH Specifications e e e eee 150 Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 100 s Chapter 6 Features Saving and Restoring User Settings Recording setup and operations parameter settings for future reference is very important If you uninten tionally change these you will need to program the correct settings back into the controller to return the equipment to operational condition After you program the controller and verify prop er operation use User Save Set Setup Page Global Menu to save the settings into either of two files in a special section of memory If the settings in the controller are altered and you want to return the controller to the saved values use User Restore Set US c Setup Page Global Menu to recall one of the saved settings A digital input or the Function Key can also be configured to restore parameters Note Starting with firmware release 6 there is only one use
257. unction allows a user to re linear ize a value read from an analog input There are 10 data points used to compensate for differences be tween the sensor value read input point and the de sired value output point Multiple data points enable compensation for non linear differences between the sensor readings and target process values over the thermal or process system operating range Sensor reading differences can be caused by sensor place ment tolerances an inaccurate sensor or lead resis tance The user specifies the unit of measurement and then each data point by entering an input point value and a corresponding output point value Each data point must be incrementally higher than the previous point The linerization function will interpolate data points linearly in between specified data points yu Point 10 d 9 T5 S Reading from Sensor OWENS without Linearization aU g Actual Value 57 5 4 Des R ge A B 2 i Offset Zone E Input Point 1 Q E Reading from Sensor with Linearization Displayed Value Output Point 1 No Offset Time Duplex Certain systems require that a single process output control both heating and cooling outputs An EZ ZONE RMH controller with a process output can function as two separate outputs With a 4 to 20mA output the heating output will operate from 12 to 20mA 0 to 100 percent and the cooling output will operate from 12 to 4mA 0 to 100 percent In some cas
258. unter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Limit Logic Special Function Output 1 to 4 Timer Variable S E Source Instance E 1 to 250 SZE Source Zone E 0 to 16 SF aE Source Function F None Alarm Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Limit Logic Special Function Output 1 to 4 Timer Variable S F Source Instance F 1 to 250 SZF Source Zone F 0 to 16 SF amp 8 Source Function G None Alarm Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Limit Logic Special Function Output 1 to 4 Timer Variable S 9 Source Instance G 1 to 250 8 8 8 Source Zone G 0 to 16 SF n h Source Function H None Alarm Compare Counter Digital I O Profile Event Out A to H Function Key Limit Logic Special Function Out 1 to 4 Timer Variable S h Source Instance H 1 to 250 S5 gh Source Zone H 0 to 16 Ec Error Handling True Good True Bad False Good False Bad oPE x Operation Page L9C Logic Menu Source Value A Off On Source Value B Off On Source Value C Off On Source Value D Off On Source Value E Off On Source Value F Off On Source Value G Off On Source Value H Off On Output Value Off On An error when read can indicate any of the following None Open Shorted Measurement Error Bad Cal Data Ambient Error RTD Error Fail Math Error Not Sourced Stale Watlow
259. urce Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D gt Source Error D Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D TERR Math Add Output Value gt Error gt Output Value Filter A B C D Offset Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 131 Chapter 6 Features Te x K amp O Vk 4 CN Sey poy vu dy Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D Math Multiply Output Value Error TERE Output Value Filter A B C D Offset Display units follows last temperature source else follow Source A 2 eg O poy yy diy A O YR p SOL Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Zone A gt Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B gt Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D gt Source Error D Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value
260. urce Function F Source Instance F Source Zone F gt Source Error F Source Function G Source Instance G Source Zone G gt Source Error G Source Function H Source Instance H Source Zone H gt Source Error H Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D Source Value E Source Value F Source Value G Source Value H Logic NOR Output Value Error LLLE Yk gt LE A B C D E F G H ON Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module 127 Chapter 6 Features Function Error Handling Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Source Error B Source Function C Source Instance C Source Zone C Source Error C Source Function D Source Instance D Source Zone D Source Error D Source Function E Source Instance E Source Zone E Source Error E Source Function F Source Instance F Source Zone F Source Error F Source Function G Source Instance G Source Zone G Source Error G Source Function H Source Instance H Source Zone H Source Error H Source Value A Source Value B Source Value C Source Value D Source Value E Source Value F Source Value G Source Value H Logic Not Equal Output Value Error YEL 1 gt rt IfAzBzCzDzEZzFzGzHthen ON Function Error Handling Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A Sour
261. urse there is an option to exit without saving a copy to the local hard drive After selecting Save above click the Finish button once again The screen below will than appear Save As MyNetwok Bene RMH zeeS 5 9 ie Ce Save as type EZ ZONE Configuration Fest weh v When saving the configuration note the location where the file will be placed Saved in and enter the file name File name as well The default path for saved files follows My Documents WatlowNVEZ ZONE CONFIGURA TOR Saved Configurations The user can save the file to any folder of choice Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 114 Chapter 6 Features Function Block Descriptions Each of the next several pages graphically shows each of the RMH function blocks Note that as you view each you will find text that is black and text that appears gray The gray text represents inputs that are not currently available based on the function s defined use red text For instance when the defined use of the Analog Input function is set for RTD TC Linearization will appear gray Ranges speci fied in units or degrees F if expressed in degrees C range is smaller Analog Input Function Note This Function configures and connects physical inputs to internal functions Control Loop primary source instance must match Process Value or Analog Input instance 2 0c T 2 Oo S a Dy D Ly C 8o o KJ x Satie Oop tb a amp Ai L a NSL TA cg z Ced
262. ushing and holding the Infinity key for two seconds Formulas used by the User and the Administrator to calculate the Password follows Passwords equal 7 User a If Rolling Password m oL L is Off Password PR55 equals User Password P R 5 b If Rolling Password m oL L is On Password PAS S equals PA5 u x code Mod 929 70 8 Administrator a If Rolling Password c aL L is Off Password PAS 5 equals User Password PA 5 A b If Rolling Password m oL L is On Password PASS equals PA5 A x code Mod 997 1000 Differences Between a User Without Password User With Password and Administrator User without a password is restricted by the Locked Access Level L o L A User with a password is restricted by the Read Lockout Security r L o C never having ac cess to the Lock Menu tof An Administrator is restricted according to the Read Lockout Security r L o C however the Ad ministrator has access to the Lock Menu where the Read Lockout can be changed Modbus Using Programmable Memory Blocks When using the Modbus protocol the RMH features a block of addresses that can be configured by the user to provide direct access to a list of 80 user con figured parameters This allows the user easy access to this customized list by reading from or writing to a contiguous block of registers To acquire a better understanding of the tables found in the back of this manual See Appendix M
263. ut Value Filter SqrRoot A Offset Display units follows Source A D 4 Ss S amp Ye 2 E Q KA i or EN Be ee Source Function A Source Value A Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A Math Pressure to Altitude Output Value Error TERE Note Pressure Altitude calculation is based on the International Standard Atmosphere 1976 Source A is a pressure signal and needs to be in PSI units for the cal culation The calculation is accurate from sea level to 90 000 feet It can be used beyond this range in both directions but with loss of accuracy The standard is based on an altitude of 0 feet sea level pressure of 14 6967 PSI and a temperature of 59 degrees F Result of calculation is in feet Output Value Filter Convert Source A in Pressure to Altitude Offset KA Cx KON m LLL gt Source Function A Source Instance A Source Value A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Value E Math Sample and Hold Source Function E Source Instance E Output Value Source Zone E Error Source Error E TERE If E OFF Output Value Filter A Offset If E ON Output Value Filter last value of A Offset Display units follows Source A amp 7 Qa C fy ie On S Sex ee Source Function A Source Instance A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Value A Source Value B Source Function B Source Instance B Source Zone B Sou
264. utput Value Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module s 38 e Chapter 3 Operations Page RM High Density Module Operations Page CIP Modbus Class Relative Instance Address Attribute hex dec Data Profibus Parameter Type Index ID amp Read Write Parameter Name Display Description Analog Input Menu A n Analog Input 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 380 0x68 104 Ain Value or units offset 90 1 to 16 View the process value 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C 1 Note Ensure that the Error Status below indicates no error 61 when read ing this value using a field bus protocol If an error exists the last known value prior to the error occurring will be returned Analog Input 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F PuF Filtered Analog Input or units Value 1 128 000 to 5 537 000 C View the process value when filtering is turned on Analog Input 1 to 16 None 61 None 382 0x68 104 Error Status Open 65 loffset 90 1 to 16 View the cause of the most Shorted 127 2 TOCOU CELOT 4 Measurement Error fi Bad Calibration 139 S Ambient Error 9 RTD Error 141 Fail 32 Not Sourced 246 Analog Input 1 to 16 1 999 000 to 9 999 000 F 402 0x68 104 Calibration Offset or units offset 90 1 to 16 Offset the input reading to 1 110 000 to 5 555 000 C USC 12 compensate for lead wire resistance or other factors that cause the input read ing to vary from the actual process value 422 0x68 104
265. utputs use the same set of heat control parameters and all cool outputs use the same set of cool output parameters Each alarm output has its own set of configura tion parameters and set points allowing independent operation Auto closed loop and Manual open loop Control The controller has two basic modes of operation auto mode and manual mode Auto mode allows the con troller to decide whether to perform closed loop con trol or to follow the settings of Input Error Failure Setup Page Loop Menu The manual mode only allows open loop control The EZ ZONE RMH controller is normally used in the auto mode The manual mode is usually only used for specialty appli cations or for troubleshooting Manual mode is open loop control that allows the user to directly set the power level to the controller s output load No adjustments of the output power level occur based on temperature or set point in this mode In auto mode the controller monitors the input to determine if closed loop control is possible The con troller checks to make certain a functioning sensor is providing a valid input signal If a valid input signal is present the controller will perform closed loop con trol Closed loop control uses a process sensor to de termine the difference between the process value and the set point Then the controller applies power to a control output load to reduce that difference If a valid input signal is not present the co
266. vailable menu prompts in the upper display and will appear in the lower display 2 Press the Up O or Down Q key to view available menus 3 Press the Advance Key to enter the menu of choice Note 6 Press the Infinity Key to move backwards through the levels parameter to submenu submenu to menu menu to Home Page 7 Press and hold the Infinity Key for two seconds to return to the Home Page On the following pages top level menus are identified 4 If a submenu exists more than one instance press with a yellow background color Some of these menus and parameters may not appear depending on the controller s options See model number information in the Appendix for more information If there is only one instance of a menu no sub menus will appear BL o Low Set Point Ah High Set Point Clear Request Silence Request Note Some of the listed parameters may not be visible Parameter visibility is dependent upon controller part number State Analog Input Menu Monitor Menu ise n 1 A Analog Input 1 to 16 Paa 1 to 16 l Soe Menu LA n Process Value LTR Control Mode Active Lar Linearization 1 to 24 Ee Error Status RPC Heat Power SUR Source Value A Calibration Offset CP Cool Power Offset CSP Closed Loop Working Set 2 Point Output Value EE rene Value Menu PR Process Value Active CPE C M
267. value 1 to 24 when function is Pressure Ox1F 31 to Altitude conversion only Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display eed Full values can be read with other interfaces E ans Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 91 o Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module e Setup Page Note above If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and CIP Data Modbus Class 3 Type Display iode icr Range Default Relative Instance Wa ee amp p Address Attribute Read hex dec Write E L Math 1 to 24 0 0 to 60 0 seconds 0 0 6594 Ox7D 25028 float Fil Filter offset 70 125 RWES Filtering smooths out the 1 to 24 output signal of this func 0x1C 28 tion block Increase the time to increase filtering Variable Menu EYPE Variable 1 to 24 Ant 9 Analog 1215 Analog 16060 0x66 102 152 2001 uint tyPE Data Type d 19 Digital 1220 offset 20 1 to 24 RWES Set the variable s data 1 type Un Variable 1 to 24 REP Absolute Temperature Absolute
268. value is to the set point the lower the output power This is similar to backing off on the gas pedal of a car as you approach a stop sign It keeps the temperature or process value from swinging as widely as it would with simple on off control However when the system settles down the temperature or process value tends to droop short of the set point With proportional control the output power level equals set point minus process value divided by the proportional band value In an application with one output assigned to heating and another assigned to cooling each will have a separate proportional parameter The heating parameter takes effect when the process temperature is lower than the set point and the cooling param eter takes effect when the process temperature is higher than the set point Adjust the proportional band with Heat Pro portional Band or Cool Proportional Band Operations Page Loop Menu 4 Set Point 2S vProportional Band Droop Temperature Time Proportional plus Integral PI Control The droop caused by proportional control can be cor rected by adding integral reset control When the system settles down the integral value is tuned to bring the temperature or process value closer to the set point Integral determines the speed of the cor rection but this may increase the overshoot at start up or when the set point is changed Too much inte gral action will make the
269. vative PID Control 105 Dead Bangd iius aa ad ee Maka kidd ated e bed beck etas 106 Variable Time BaS Eeen sareni 4 0 4 2 AR ZE EE mI 106 Single Set Point Ramping 0 0 c cece eee eee 107 Alatims usce Bee ee Sa RE Rem bee Sd ee A dae a 107 Process and Deviation Alarms 00 0 0 0 cece anna 107 Alarm Set Points ae a e ae R RR RRR RRR es 107 Alarm Hysteresis TTT 107 Alarm Eatching issu esr e e ek Reo Rem 108 Alarm Silencing 000 c cece eee III 108 Alarm BIOCKINg 0 2 0 enekin anne R A AR 0 A 108 Open Loop Detiecii n lt 0 0 cee eee 108 Using Lockout to Hide Pages and Menus 108 Lockout Meri essi ienme Rer bod deaadone ERE 108 Using Password Security e cece e e e eee eee 109 How to Enable Password Security nanana nnana cece eae 109 Modbus Using Programmable Memory Blocks 110 Software Configuration e e cc eee eee 112 Function Block Descriptions e e e eee eee 115 Analog Input Sie 115 Process Value Function 0 00 cece eee eee N N 116 Linearization Function 00 0 0 ccc ccc eee eee ee 121 Output FUNCTION e 2 wears eee ERREUR dale Qe dence 121 Alarm Function 2 0 0 0 000 ccc ccc eee I 122 Digital Input Output Function 0 0 0 0 eee ee eee 123 Action Function 0 0 00 ccc ccc ccc II 124 Control FUNCOM 2 acne ee d noma KE KA R RERUM REQUE RE anes 125 Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Mod
270. ve OxC 12 Math 1 to 24 nonE None 61 None 6544 0x7D 25003 uint SFn C Source Function C A Analog Input 142 offset 70 125 RWES Set the type of function CUr r Current 22 1to 24 that will be used for this 3 C P Cool Power Control SOME Loop 161 amp P c Heat Power Control Loop 160 PL J Power Control Loop 73 L nr Linearization 238 PRAE Math 240 Pu Process Value 241 SP Set Point Closed Control Loop 242 5Po Set Point Open Con trol Loop 243 uA Variable 245 Math 1 to 24 1 to 250 1 6554 0x7D M 25008 uint L Si C Source Instance C offset 70 125 RWES Set the instance of the 1 to 24 function selected above 8 Math 1 to 24 0 to 16 0 6564 0x7D D 25013 uint SZ C Source Zone C offset 70 125 RWES Set the zone of the function 1to 24 selected above OxD 13 Note R Read Some values will be rounded off to fit in the four character display W Write Full values can be read with other interfaces E viia Note Set If there is only one instance of a menu no submenus will appear These parameters prompts are available in these menus with firmware revisions 6 0 and above Watlow EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 89 e Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Pa
271. versal inputs t c 2 wire RTD 0 10Vdc 0 20mA 1K pot entiometer with 4 control loops 4 Thermistor inputs with 4 control loops Slot D Digit None 4 Universal inputs t c 2 wire RTD 0 10Vdc 0 20mA 1K pot entiometer with 4 control loops 4 Thermistor inputs with 4 control loops 4 Mechanical relay 5A Form A 3 Universal Process Retransmit outputs 4 SSR s at 2 amps each Slot E Digit 4 Universal inputs t c 2 wire RTD 0 10Vdc 0 20mA 1K pot entiometer with 4 control loops 4 Thermistor inputs with 4 control loops 4 Mechanical relay 5A Form A 3 Universal Process Retransmit outputs 4 SSE s at 2 amps each 6 Digital I O Future Options Digit 9 Enhanced Options Digit Standard Bus Standard Bus and Modbus RTU 485 selectable via switch Standard Replacement connectors hardware only for the entered model number Class 1 Div 2 not available with mechanical relay options Custom consult factory Watlow 9 EZ ZONE and TRU TUNE are registered trademarks of Watlow Electric Manufacturing Company UL is a registered trademark of Underwriters Laboratories Inc Modbus is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation Incorporated Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 153 lt WATLOW EZ ZONE RMHX XXXX XXXX 7 on 8 Go amp O NH d 9 9 High DOCENTE oe z UO EZ ZONE Density Style Slot E ture nhance ition Rail Mount Module Custom siota S
272. w Source Value A u 5A low on At Active Level High Output Value o u off on Time Time Active Level L u Low Output Value o u 0 off Elapsed Time EE REN 0 Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 135 lt Chapter 6 Features O oy ES K amp amp Te e amp Sx e ag K 2 MN q e VY Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Value A gt Source Zone A E Source Error A Elapsed Time gt Output Value Error gt gt Timer Delay Source A lt lt gt Source A Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 136 lt Chapter 6 Features icm lt q K Teg Q Sx Po Mo K E eL o lt q e amp ERR Source Function A gt Source Instance A Source Value A gt Source Zone A EEN gt Source Error A Elapsed Time gt Output Value Error gt gt Timer One Shot x gt Watlow EZ ZONE RMH Module e 137 Chapter 6 Features 2 90 a K K 4 S KS Gy Me SE 4 Source Function A Source Instance A Source Value A Source Zone A Source Error A Source Valus B Source Function B Elapsed Time Source Instance B Output Value Source Zone B Error Source Error B Timer Retentive pid
273. w EZ ZONE9 RMH Module e 55 e Chapter 4 Setup Page RM High Density Module s Setup Page CIP Data Modbus Class 3 Type Display a aet dicun Range Default Relative Instance jas Baa amp P Address Attribute Read hex dec Write Bunt Process Value 1 to 16 PS Pounds per Square PSI 8274 Ox7E 26028 uint P unt Pressure Units Inch 1671 offset 70 126 RWES Set the units that will be P ib5 Millibar 1672 1to 16 applied to the source torr Torr 1673 0x1C 28 PASc Pascal 1674 AEP Atmosphere 1675 Process Value 1 to 16 HFE Kilofeet 1677 HFt 8276 Ox7E uius 26029 uint A unt Altitude Units FE Feet 1676 offset 70 126 RWES Set the units that will be 1to 16 applied to the source Ox1D 29 bPr Process Value 1 to 16 10 0 to 16 0 14 7 8278 Ox7E 26030 float b Pr Barometric Pressure offset 70 126 RWES Set the units that will be 1 to 16 applied to the source Ox1E 30 E L Process Value 1 to 16 0 0 to 60 0 seconds 0 0 8270 Ox7E 26026 float FiL Filter offset 70 126 RWES Filtering smooths out the 1to 16 output signal of this func Ox1A 26 tion block Increase the time to increase filtering Digital Input Output Menu dir Digital Input Output 1 DEPE Output 68 Output 1820 0x6A 72 6001 j uint dir to 12 C va Input Voltage 193 offset 30 106 RWES
274. y Parameter Name Description Range Modbus Relative Address Default CIP Class Instance Attribute hex dec Profibus Index Parameter ID Data Type Read Write S5F 9 SFn g Logic 1 to 24 Source Function G Set the type of function that will be used for this source None 61 RL P1 Alarm 6 Compare 230 Counter 231 Digital I O 1142 Limit 126 Logic 239 put 1 1532 put 2 1533 put 3 1534 put 4 1535 Timer 244 Variable 245 Profile Event Out A En t b Profile Event Out B En E C Profile Event Out C En t d Profile Event Out D En EE Profile Event Out E Profile Event Out F En t 9 Profile Event Out G En E h Profile Event Out H Function Key 1001 Special Function Out SoF g Special Function Out SoF 3 Special Function Out SoF 4 Special Function Out 9352 offset 80 None Ox7F 127 1 to 24 7 27007 uint RWES Logic 1 to 24 Source Instance G Set the instance of the function selected above 1 to 250 1 9368 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1to 24 OxF 15 2 7015 uint RWES Logic 1 to 24 Source Zone G Set the zone of the function selected above 0 to 16 0 9384 offset 80 Ox7F 127 1 to 24 0x17 23 27023 uint RWES Note Some values will be rounded off to fit in the

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

2000C User`s Manual - Vorne Industries, Inc.  P R O D U C T I N F O R M A T I O N G U I D E  Dog Silencer™ Mode d`emploi C`est L`Heure de Cesser des  COMPACT 1.4 - Dirna Bergstrom  klicken  EasyAVR6 Manual de usuario  Logitech 920-005516    Automne 2013  Enrutador inalámbrico AC1750 de banda dual TEW-812DRU  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file